PHÒNG GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TP.

THANH HÓA
TRƯỜNG THCS QUẢNG PHÚ

24 CHUYÊN ĐỀ ÔN THI VÀO 10

MÔN TIẾNG ANH

(LƯU HÀNH NỘI BỘ)

Giáo viên: Phạm Thị Oanh

Học sinh: ………………………………….

Lớp: ………

Năm học 2021 - 2022

 Chuyên đề 1 CÁCH SỬ DỤNG CÁC THÌ TIẾNG ANH

Tenses Form Use Adverb Notes

Present ❖ To be: - Always, Nguyên tắc thêm “es”
simple S + is/ am/ are + O - Diễn tả một sự thật usually, often, sau V (S: he, she, it)
❖ V: hiển nhiên, một chân sometimes, hoặc N ( số nhiều)
(+) S + V(s/es) + O lý luôn đúng. seldom, hardly, - Từ tận cùng là /
(-) S + don’t/ doesn’t + V + O - Diễn tả sự việc rarely, never,… sh/ch/s/ss/x/ thì thêm
(?) Do/ Does + S + V + O? thường xảy ra ở hiện - Every + time “es”
tại. - Sau until/ as eg: watch/watches,
Example: - Diễn tả những thói soon as mix/ mixes
- Two and two is/ are four quen, sở thích, tập - Từ tận cùng là phụ
- He usually gets up at 5 quán hay đặc tính âm + y: đổi y thành i,
o’clock. trong hiện tại. thêm “es”.
- My cousin doesn’t love - Dùng trong lịch trình Eg: study/ studies,
collecting stamps. tàu xe, thời khóa biểu/ cry/ cries.
- There is a ten-hour train every gian biểu. - Lưu ý:
day in Long Bien railway do/ does, go/ goes,
Station. tomato/ tomatoes,
potato/ potatoes.
Nhưng: kilo/ kilos
Present (+) S + is/am/are + V-ing + O Now, at the Nguyên tắc thêm
continuou (-) S + is/am/are + not + V-ing - Diễn tả một sự việc moment, at “ing” vào sau V:
s +O đang xảy ra tại thời present, right - V tận cùng là “e” thì
(?) Is/ Am/ Are + S + V-ing + điểm nói. now,today, this bỏ “e” trước khi thêm
O - Diễn tả một sự việc + time … “ing”. Eg: write/
đang xảy ra nhưng writing, ride/ riding
không nhất thiết tại Note: Những V - V tận cùng là “ee”,
Example: thời điểm nói chỉ cảm giác, giữ nguyên thêm
- We are studying English now. - Diễn tả hai hay nhiều cảm xúc không “ing”.
- they are building a super hành động đang cùng dùng trong các Eg: see/ seeing,
market near my house. xảy ra một lúc ở hiện thì tiếp diễn: agree/ agreeing
- At present Lam is listening to tại. love, like, hate, - V tận cùng là “ie”,
the teacher, An is writing a - Lưu ý: ta dùng smell, feel,… đổi “ie” thành “y”
letter and Kien is chatting “always” trong thì này trước khi thêm “ing”.
merrily. để nhấn mạnh, phê Eg: die/ dying, lie/
- She is always talking loudly bình, chỉ trích một lying.
in the class. hành động tiêu cực, - V là phụ âm-
không tốt. nguyên âm- phụ âm,
thì gấp đôi phụ âm
cuối trước khi thêm
“ing”.
Eg: stop/ stopping,
rob/ robbing, plan/
planning.
- V có hai âm tiết,
nếu trọng âm rơi vào
âm tiết thứ 2, thì gấp
đôi phụ âm cuối trước
khi thêm “ing”.
Eg: begin/ beginning,
prefer/ preferring,
regret/ regretting,
permit/ permitting
- V tận cùng là “l”, ta
thường gấp đôi “ll”
 trước khi thêm “ing”.
Eg: travel/ travelling,
cancel/ cancelling.
- V tận cùng là “ic”,
ta thêm “k” trước khi
thêm “ing”.
Eg: picnic/
picnicking, traffic/
trafficking
Present (+) S + have/has + P2 + O - Diễn tả một hành For, since, just,
perfect (-) S + have/has + P2 + O động xảy ra trong quá already, yet,
(?) Have/ Has + S + P2 +O? khứ và còn liên quan recently, for a
Example: đến hiện tại. long time, for
- He has just repaired the TV - Diễn tả một hành ages, ever,
set. He is washing his hand động xảy ra trong quá never,up to
now. khứ, kéo dài đến hiện now, up to
- Mai has learnt/ learned tại và có thể tiếp tục present,..
English for 10 years. trong tương lai. - In the last +
time (month/
year..)
Present (+) S + have/has + been + V- - Nhấn mạnh một hành Since, for, for a
perfect ing + O động xảy ra trong quá long time, for
continuou (-) S + have/ has + not + been khứ, kéo dài đến hiện ages,…
s + V-ing + O tại và có thể tiếp tục
(?) Have/ Has + S + been + V- trong tương lai.
ing + O?

Example:
- I have been walking since
early morning. I am very tired
now.
Past ✓ To be: - Ago, last, Nguyên tắc thêm
simple S + was/ were + O - Diễn tả một hành yesterday, in/ “ed” vào sau động từ
✓ V: động xảy ra trong quá on + time in the ( có quy tắc):
(+) S + V-ed + O khứ và đã kết thúc, past,… - V tận cùng là “e”,
(-) S + didn’t + V + O không còn liên quan giữ nguyên “e” rồi
(?) Did + S + V + O? đến hiện tại. thêm “d”. Eg: tie/
- Diễn tả một loạt các tied, smoke/ smoked,
Example: hành động nối tiếp hope/ hoped.
- It was very hot yesterday. nhau trong quá khứ. - V có phụ âm-
- My family went to Da Lat last nguyên âm- phụ âm,
summer holiday. ta gấp đôi phụ âm
- It was midnight. He closed the cuối trước khi thêm
window, turned off the light and “ed”.
then went to bed. Eg: stop/ stopped,
rob/ robbed.
- V có hai âm tiết,
nếu trọng âm rơi vào
âm tiết thứ 2, ta gấp
đôi phụ âm cuối trước
khi thêm “ed”. Eg:
prefer/ preferred,
regret/ regretted.
- V tận cùng là “l”, ta
thường gấp đôi “ll”
trước khi thêm “ed”.
 Eg: travel/ travelled,
cancel/ cancelled.
- V tận cùng là phụ
âm + y, đổi y thành
i, thêm “ed”.
Eg: study/ studied,
cry/ cried.
- V tận cùng là “ic”,
ta thêm “k” trước khi
thêm “ed”.
Eg: picnic/ picnicked,
traffic/ trafficked
Past (+) S + was/were + V-ing + O - Diễn tả (những) hành - Ago, last, at/
continuou (-) S + was/ were + not + V-ing động đang xảy ra tại in/ on + time in
s +O một thời điểm xác định the past,…
(?) Were/ Was + S + V-ing trong quá khứ. - when, while
+O? - Diễn tả một hành
động đang xảy ra thì
Example: có hành động khác xen
- At 8 pm yesterday, I was vào.
going out with my friends.
- While Tom Cat was sleeping,
Jerry Mouse appeared and took
a piece of cheese away.
Past (+) S + had + P2 + O - Diễn tả một hành - Ago, last, at/
perfect (-) S + hadn’t + P2 + O động xảy ra trước một in/ on + time in
(?) Had + S + P2 + O? hành động khác ở the past,…
trong quá khứ. - when, while,
Example: - Diễn tả một hành before, after
- When Henry came last động xảy ra trước một
Sunday, Ann had left for Paris. thời điểm trong quá
- This hospital had been built khứ.
for children before 1985.
Past (+) S + had + been + V-ing + - Nhấn mạnh một hành - Ago, last, at/
perfect O động xảy ra trước một in/ on + time in
continuou (-) S + hadn’t + been+ V-ing hành động khác/ một the past,…
s +O thời điểm ở trong quá - when, while
(?) Had + S+ been + V-ing + khứ.
O?

Example:
- She had been waiting for you
for nearly three hours before
you were present.
Simple (+) S + will/ shall + V + O - Quyết định sẽ làm gì Next,
future (-) S + will/ shall + not + V + ngay tại thời điểm nói tomorrow,
O ( không chắc chắn sẽ in/on + time in
(?) Will/ Shall + S + V + O? xảy ra) the future.
- Lời hứa hẹn làm gì, - When+
Example: ngỏ ý giúp ai,… SVs/es
- It is raining cats and dogs, I - Yêu cầu ai làm gì
will stay here till it clears up. một cách lịch sự.
- I will help you when you have
trouble.
- Will you stop talking please?
Near • S + is/am/are + going Next, - Động từ “come, go”
future to + V + O - Kế hoạch, dự định đã tomorrow, không được dùng
• S + is/am/are +V-ing + được sắp sẵn từ trước in/on + time in trong cấu trúc Be +
O - Dự đoán một việc the future. going to + V
Example: chắc chắn sẽ sớm xảy - When+ Example:
- We are going to Finish this ra dựa vào tình huống SVs/es I am going to
course on August. của hiện tại. come/go to Hanoi
- There are many black clouds next month
in the sky. It is going to rain.
- I am studying Chinese next
year.
Future (+) S + will+ be + V-ing + O - Next,
continuou (-) S + will/ shall + not + be + - Diễn tả/ dự đoán một tomorrow,
s V-ing + O hành động sẽ đang xảy in/on + time in
(?) Will/ Shall + S + be + V- ra tại một thời điểm the future.
ing + O? trong tương lai - When+
SVs/es
Example:
- At 8 am tomorrow, we will be
attending a meeting.
- When he comes back, the
children will be sleeping.
Future (+) S + will + have + P2 + O Next,
perfect (-) S + will/ shall + not + have - Diễn tả một hành tomorrow,
+ P2 + O động sẽ xảy ra trước in/on + time in
(?) Will/ Shall + S + have + P2 một thời điểm/ hành the future.
+ O? động trong tương lai - When+
SVs/es
- By + time in
Example: the future
- When he returns, they will - Before
have built this bridge.
- By the end of this year, my
parents will have got married
for 50 years.
Future (+) S + will + have + been + V- Next,
perfect ing + O - Nhấn mạnh một hành tomorrow,
continuou (-) S + will/ shall + not + have động sẽ xảy ra trước in/on + time in
s + been + V-ing + O một thời điểm/ hành the future.
(?) Will/ Shall + S + have been động trong tương lai - When
+ V-ing + O? - By + time in
Example: the future
- By June he will have been - before
living here for 10 years.
Bài tập áp dụng
I. Choose the word or phrase that best complete the sentence (A, B, C, or D):
1. John ............................... tennis once or twice a week.
A. is playing usually B. is usually playing
C. usually plays D. plays usually
2. Tom ......................... his hand when he was cooking dinner.
A. burnt B. was burning C. has burnt D. had burnt
3. Jim is away on holiday. He ........................ to Spain.
A. is gone B. have been C. has been D. was
4. Everything is going well. We ....................... any problems so far.
A. didn’ t have B. don’ t have C. haven’ t had D. hadn’ t had
5. I think the weather ............................ be nice later.
A. shall B. will C. is going to D. can
6. Jane .................................... just a few minutes ago.
A. left B. has left C. leaves D. had left
7. Timson ...................... 13 films and I think her latest is the best.
A. made B. had made C. has made D. was making
8. ................................. Robert lately ?
A. Did you see B. Have you seen C. Do you see D. Are you seeing
9. When I was a child, I ............................... the violin.
A. was playing B. am playing C. played D. play
10. He ......................... for the national team in 65 matches so far.
A. has played B. has been played C. played D. is playing
11. I’ m busy at the moment. I .................................. on the computer.
A. work B. worked C. am working D. working
12. When I looked round the door, the baby ............................. quietly.
A. is sleeping B. slept C. was sleeping D. were sleeping
13. Robert ....................... ill for three weeks. He is still in hospital.
A. had been B. has been C. is D. was
14. I’ m very tired. I ..................... over four hundred miles today.
A. drive B. am driving C. have drived D. have driven
15. Our friends ............................... meet us at the airport tonight.
A. are B. are going to C. go to D. will be to
16. This isn’ t my first time to visit London ........................... here before.
A. I’ m B. I’ d been C. I was D. I’ ve been
17. What time ............................. to work this morning ?
A. did you get B. are you getting C. have you got D. do you get
18. When I ..................... him, the man was running away.
A. see B. was seeing C. saw D. had seen
19. I haven’ t seen Kate ............................. Christmas.
A. for B. never C. ever D. since
20. He’ s worked for this company ......................... many years.
A. since B. for C. in D. at
21. As soon as Martina saw the fire, she _______ the fire department
A. was telephoning B. telephoned
C. had telephoned D. has telephoned
22. Every time Parkas sees a movie made in India, he _______homesick
A. will have left B. felt C. feels D. is feeling
23. Since I left Venezuela six years ago, I _______to visit friends and family several times
A. return B. will have returned C. am returning D. have returned
24. After the race _______, the celebration began
A. had been won B. is won C. will be won D. has been won
25. While he was washing his car, Mr. Brown _______a small dint in the rear fender.
A. has discovered B. was discovering C. is discovering D. discovered
26. The earth _______ on the sun for its heat and light
A. is depended B. depends C. is depending D. has depended
27. I’m busy at the moment _______on the computer
A. I work B. I’m worked C. I’m working D. I worked
28. At this time tomorrow _______over the Atlantic
A. we’re flying B. we’ll be flying C. we’ll fly D. we’re to fly
29. Our friends _______next us at the airport tonight
A. are B. are going to C. go to D. will be to
30. When I entered the room, everyone _____________.
A. has been dancing B. was dancing C. had danced D. danced
31. He said that he _________ his homework since 7 o’ clock.
A. had done B. did C. has done D. was doing
32. How long __________ able to drive? - Since 1990.
A. could you B. have you been C. were you D. are you
33. She won't get married until she __________ 25 years old.
A. is B. will be C. had been D. was.
34. This building used to be a library,_________?
A. doesn't it B. didn’ t it C. isn’ t it D. wasn’ t it
35. Nobody was injured in the accident, ________?
A. was there B. was he C. were they D. wasn't it
36. Let's go out for a walk, ______?
A. not us B. don't we C. do we D. shall we
37. Jane and I________ school in 1987.
A. finish B. have finished C. finishes D. finished
38. John and Ann ………. married last Saturday.
A. get B. got C. is getting D. have got
39. His brother…………….high school 6 years ago
A. finish B. finished C. finishes D. has finished
40. We have been living here………...1990
A. for B. from C. since D. during
41. Pasteur _____ in the 19th century.
A. was living B. lived C. had lived D. has lived
42. .Now my sister _____ a bicycle of her own.
A. is having B. are having C. has D. had
43 .Don’t bother me while I ………………..
A. am working B. was working C. will work D. will have completed
44 .How ................since we ................school?
A. are you / left B. will you be / had left
C. have you been / left D. had you been/ had left
45. When he came..........................
A. I was watching TV B. I watched TV
C. I am watching TV D. I have watched TV
46. The piano _____ at the moment.
A. repairs B. repaired C. is repaired D. is being repaired
47. I saw Jack yesterday morning while I ________ home from work.
 A. walked B. was walking C. am walking D. had been walking
48. My brother................out at weekend.
A. doesn’ t usually go B. does usually not go
C. doesn’ t usually goes D. usually doesn’ t goes.
49. Everyday, my sister .................the floor.
A. usually clean B. cleans usually C. usually cleaned D. usually cleans
50. Your English …………wonderfully since last month.
A. improved B. was improved C. have improved D. has been improved
51. Anita ........ very hard at the moment.
A. is studying B. studies C. studied D. has studied
52. He ____ for London one year ago.
A. left B. has left C. leaves D. had left
53. She ____ in Hue for twenty years.
A. lives B. has lived C. lived D. will live
54. I ____ to the market with my mother yesterday.
A. go B. went C. have gone D. was going
55. How long ____ you ____ her? – For five months.
A. do/know B. are/knowing C. have/known D. had/known
56. I usually ____ to school by bus.
A. went B. am going C. go D. have gone
57. Yesterday morning I ____ up at 6.30.
A. got B. get C. was getting D. had got
58. Please don’ t make so much noise. I ____.
A. studying B. study C. am studying D. studied
59. Water ____ at 100 degrees Celsius.
A. boils B. boiled C. is boiling D. will boil
60. It is raining now. It began raining two hours ago. So it ____ for two hours.
A. rains B. is raining C. has rained D. rained
61. ____ you ____ out last night?
A. Did/go B. Do/go C. Have/gone D. Were/going
62. This house ____ 35,000 pounds in 1980.
A. costs B. cost C. had cost D. was cost
63. While Tom ____ tennis, Ann ____ a shower.
A. played/took B. was playing/was taking
C. playing/taking D. was play/was take
64. Mike is playing chess. How long ____ he ____?
A. did/play B. is/playing C. has/play D. has/been playing
65. When they ____ in the garden, the phone ____.
A. worked/was ringing B. worked/rang
C. were working/rang D. work/rings
66. After they ____ their breakfast, they ____ shopping yesterday.
A. have/go B. had had/go C. had/had gone D. had had/went
67. They ____ tea when the doorbell ____.
A. have/is ringing B. had had/ rang C. were having/rang D. having/ringing
68. Father ____ his pipe while mother ____ a magazine.
A. smoked/read B. was smoking/was reading
C. had smoked/read D. smoking/reading
69. He ____ in the same house since 1975.
A. has lived B. is living C. lived D. had lived
70. He ____ to HCMC last year and I ____ him since then.
 A. moved/didn’ t see B. moved/haven’ t seen
C. moves/haven’ t seen D. moved/hadn’ t seen
71. We ____ what to do with the money yet.
A. not decide B. haven’ t decided C. didn’ t decide D. hadn’ t decided
72. My father ____ as a teacher for thirty years.
A. works B. is working C. worked D. has worked
73. Nam is a careful driver but yesterday he ____ carelessly.
A. drove B. had driven C. drives D. was driving
74. Do you like swimming, Ba? – I ____ when I was a child but not now.
A. do B. did C. have done D. had done
75. I ____ her at the school gate yesterday.
A. met B. meet C. had met D. am meeting
76. I don’ t remember where and when I ____ her.
A. meet B. had met C. met D. have met
77. They ____ to know each other for more than ten years.
A. get B. got C. have got D. had got
78. I ____ the film with my friends last week.
A. watched B. watch C. have watched D. had watched
79. He ____ up at five every morning.
A. is getting B. got C. gets D. was getting
80. ____ she ____ in Hue at the moment?
A. Does/live B. Is/living C. Did/live D. Was/living
81. He usually ____ her at weekend but now he ____ in bed because of his severe
illness.
A. visits/stays B. visits/staying C. visited/stays D. visits/is staying
82. Don’ t make noise, children! Parents ____.
A. sleep B. are sleeping C. were sleeping D. slept
83. Why ____ you often ____ so much noise in the house?
A. do/make B. did/make C. are/making D. were/making
84. What ____ he ____ before you came?
A. does/do B. had/do C. had/done D. has/done
85. What ____ he ____ at 4pm last Sunday?
A. did/do B. was/do C. had/done D. was/doing
86. Last year he came here and ____ me to marry him but I ____ too young to get
married.
A. asked/was B. asks/am C. had asked/was D. has asked/am
87. How long ____ you ____ novels?
A. have/write B. do/write C. have/written D. are/writing
88. ____ you sometimes ____ out with friends?
A. Are/going B. Do/go C. Have/gone D. Did/go
89. I ____ a lot of badminton recently.
A. play B. have played C. am playing D. was playing
90. We ____ your mother for ages.
A. don’ t see B. haven’ t seen C. didn’ t see D. hadn’ t seen
91. We ____ our plan next week.
A. started B. will start C. have started D. will have started
92. They ____ a house by June next year.
A. will build B. are building C. have built D. will have built
93. The film ____ by the time we get there.
A. ends B. will end C. is ending D. will have ended
94. Tom ____ to Hanoi before.
A. is never B. had never been C. was never D. has never been
95. When we came to the stadium, the match ____.
A. already begins B. had already begun
C. already began D. have already begun
96. It was the first time I ____ such a beautiful girl.
A. ever saw B. had ever seen C. have ever seen D. ever see
97. She ____ the gold medal in 1986.
A. wins B. had won C. won D. has won
98. I ……….in this town for 15 years. My family……….here when I ……..10 years old
A. have been/moved/was B. was/moved/was
C. was/have moved/ have been D. was/moved/have been
99. Thousands of people………..this exhibition by the end of the month.
A. will see B. are going to see C. will have seen D. are seeing
100. She told me that her family………in that town long.
A. lived B. have lived C. had lived D. are living

MỘT SỐ CÁCH PHÁT ÂM CƠ BẢN

CÁCH PHÁT ÂM "S" CUỐI: trong trường hợp danh từ số nhiều nhiều hoặc động từ
số ít.
/s/ Khi đi sau các phụ âm sau: /f/, /k/, /p/, /t/ ,//. Hoặc các chữ cái: f, k,
p, t, th.
Ex: laughs, walks, cups, cats, tenths; books...
/ iz / Khi đi sau các âm sau: /s/, /∫/, / t∫/, /z/, / ʒ,/, /ʤ /,. Hoặc các chữ cái: s,
x, z, ch, sh, ce, ge, se
Ex: washes , kisses , oranges…..
/z / Không thuộc hai loại trên. Ex: bags , kids , days …
Ngọai lệ: bình thường chữ “s” phát âm /s/, nhưng có những ngoại lệ cần nhớ:
- Chữ “s” đọc / z /sau các từ :busy, please, easy, present, desire, music, pleasant, desert,
choose, reason, preserve, poison..
-Chữ “s” đọc / ∫ / sau các từ: sugar, sure
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM “ –ED” CUỐI: Đây là hình thức Past tense và Past participle:
1. “-ed ” pronounced as / id /: sau / t, d / : Thường sau chữ t, d. Ex: wanted; decided
2. “-ed ” pronounced as / t /: sau / k, f, p, s, ∫, t∫ , / hoặc chữ p, k, f, th, s, sh, ch, gh.
Ex: asked; stopped; laughed...
3. “-ed ” pronounced as / d /: Trừ 2 trường hợp trên: Ex: moved; played; raised, used,
Ngọai lệ: Đuôi -ed trong các tính từ sau được phát âm /id/: aged, learned, beloved,
blessed, naked, wicked, dogged, sacred, hatred, rugged, .....
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM “ –ED” CUỐI: Đây là hình thức Past tense và Past participle:
1. “-ed ” pronounced as / id /: sau / t, d / : Thường sau chữ t, d. Ex: wanted; decided
2. “-ed ” pronounced as / t /: sau / k, f, p, s, ∫, t∫ , / hoặc chữ p, k, f, th, s, sh, ch, gh.
Ex: asked; stopped; laughed...
3. “-ed ” pronounced as / d /: Trừ 2 trường hợp trên: Ex: moved; played; raised, used,
Ngọai lệ: Đuôi -ed trong các tính từ sau được phát âm /id/: aged, learned, beloved,
blessed, naked, wicked, dogged, sacred, hatred, rugged, .....

CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ (PHRASES AND

CLAUSES)
1. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượng bộ (Phrase and clause of concession)
a. Cụm từ
Cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ thường được bắt đầu bằng giới từ ‘In spite of’ hoặc ‘Despite’
✓ Cấu trúc:
In spite of/ Despite + Noun/ Noun phrase/ V-ing
Ví dụ:
Despite the bad weather, they enjoyed the
picnic. In spite of his old age, he leads an
active life.
Chú ý:
Cụm từ có ‘Despite’ hoặc ‘In spite of’ có thể được đặt trước hoặc sau mệnh đề chính. Nếu đứng
trước mệnh đề chính, ta phải thêm dấu phẩy vào trước mệnh đề chính, nếu đứng sau mệnh đề
chính, ta không cần thêm dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ:
She couldn’t pass the exam despite studying
hard. Despite studying hard, she couldn’t pass
the exam.
b. Mệnh đề
Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ là mệnh đề phụ chỉ sự tương phản của 2 hành động trong
câu. Mệnh đề này thường bắt đầu với những từ nối: although, though, even though, no matter,
whatever (dù, cho dù)
❖ Although, though, even though
Cấu trúc:
Although/ though/ even though + S + V
Ví dụ:
Although he is intelligent, he can’t do this puzzle.
She couldn’t win the beauty contest even though she was beautiful.
Chú ý:
- Đăng sau 3 cụm từ này phải là một mệnh đề hoàn chỉnh (có cả chủ ngữ và động từ).
- Các mệnh đề này có thể đứng trước hoặc sau mệnh đề chính. Nếu đứng trước mệnh đề chính, ta phải
thêm dấu phấy vào trước mệnh đề chính, nếu đứng sau mệnh đề chính, ta không cần thêm dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ:
Although the weather was cold, they enjoyed the picnic.
 Jane will be admitted to the university even though she has bad
grades. Anna was fond of Jim though he often annoyed her.
No matter, whatever
Cấu trúc:
No matter + who/ what/ when/ where/ why/ how (adj, adv) + S + V
= Whoever/ Whatever (+N)/ whenever/ whereever/ whyever/ however (adj/ adv) + S + V,
Ví dụ:
No matter who you are, I love you.
= Whoever you are, I still love
you. Whatever he says, I don’t
believe him
= No matter what he say, I don’t believe him.
Chú ý:
Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng No matter hoặc Whatever thường được đặt trước mệnh đề chính, mang
nghĩa ‘dù ... đi nữa’
2. Phrase and clause of reason (Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ lý do)
a. Cụm từ
Cụm từ chỉ lý do thường được bắt đầu bằng: because of, owing to, due to, as a result of, on account
of, Because of
Cấu trúc:
because of
owing to
due to + Noun/ Noun phrase/ V-ing
on account of
as a result of
Chú ý:
- Cụm từ thường được sử dụng nhất là because of.
- Các cụm từ này có thể đứng trước hoặc sau mệnh đề chính, mang nghĩa là ‘vì, do’. Nếu đứng trước
mệnh đề chính, ta phải thêm dấu phẩy vào trước mệnh đề chính, nếu đứng sau mệnh đề chính, ta không
cần thêm dấu phấy.
Ví dụ:
Jane was late because of the rain.
= Because of the rain, Jane was late.
Because of the traffic jam, the students arrived late.
The project has to be abandoned due to a lack of government funding.
Owing to his illness, he could not continue with his studies.
She dies as a result of her injuries.
b. Mệnh đề
Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do là một mệnh đề phụ chỉ lý do hoặc nguyên nhân của hành động
được nêu trong mệnh đề chính. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do thường được nối với mệnh đề chính
nhờ các từ nối như: because, since, as.
Chú ý:
- since và as thường đặt ở đầu câu khi người nghe đã biết rõ nguyên nhân hoặc nguyên nhân không quá
quan trọng.
- because là từ nối được sử dụng phổ biến nhất
Cấu trúc:
Because/ Since/ As + S + V
Ví dụ:
 He came ten minutes late because he missed the first bus.
As the weather was bad, they didn’t take part in the trip.
3. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ kết quả
a. Cụm từ chỉ kết quả
❖ too ... to V (quá... không thể làm điều gì).
Cấu trúc:
S + be/ V + too + adj/ adv + to V
Ví dụ:
He is too short to play basketball.
Tom ran too slowly to become the winner of the
race. This book is too dull for you to read.
Lưu ý: Cấu trúc này thường dùng với nghĩa phủ định.
enough ... to V (đủ ....để có thể làm điều gì đó)
Cấu trúc:
S + be/ V + adj/ adv + enough + to V
Ví dụ:
Marry isn't old enough to drive a car.
She speaks Spanish well enough to be an
interpreter. It is cold enough to wear a heavy
jacket.
b. Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả
Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả là mệnh đề phụ được dùng đề chỉ kết quả do hành động của mệnh đề chính
gây ra:
❖ so ... that (quá ... đến nỗi)
S + be/ V + so + adj/ adv + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
It was so dark that I couldn't see anything.
The student had behaved so badly that he was dismissed from the class.
Chú ý: Nếu động từ trong mệnh đề chính là các động từ chỉ tri giác như look, appear, seem, feel, taste,
smell, sound,... ta dùng công thức với động từ to be.
Ví dụ:
The little girl looks so unhappy that we all feel sorry
for her. The soup tastes so good that everyone will ask
for more.
Nếu trong câu có many, much, few, little thì ta có cấu trúc:
Với danh từ đếm được số nhiều:
S + V + so + many/ few + plural countable noun + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
The Smiths had so many children that they formed their own baseball
team. I had so few ion offers that is wasn't difficult to select one.
There are so many people in the room that I feel tired.
Với danh từ không đếm đưọc:
S + V + so + much/ little + uncountable noun + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
He has invested so much money in the project that he can't abandon
it now. The grass received so little water that it turned brown in the
heat.
 Chú ý: Một cấu trúc khác của so ... that
S + V + so + adj + a + singular countable noun + that...
Ví dụ:
It was so hot a day that we decided to stay indoors.
It was so interesting a book that he couldn't put it down.
such ... that (quá ... đến nỗi)
S + V + such + (a/an) + adj + N + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
It was such a hot day that we decided to stay at home.
She has such exceptional abilities that everyone is jealous
of her. There are such beautiful pictures that everybody will
want one. It is such an intelligent boy that we all admire
him.
This is such difficult homework that I will never finish it.
4. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ mục đích
a. Cụm từ
Khẳng định S + V + to/ in order to/ so as to + V
Phủ định S + V + in order not to/ so as not to + V
Ví dụ:
He went to France to study French.
He does morning exercises in order to improve his health.
She is hurrying so as not to miss the bus.
Chú ý: Giới từ for cũng dùng để chỉ mục đích
- For + Noun: cũng có thể được dùng để nói đến mục đích của ai khi làm việc gì đó.
Ví dụ: I went to the store for some bread.
- For + O + to-inf. dùng để nói đến mục đích liên quan hành động của người khác
Ví dụ: I gave him my address. I wanted him to write to me.
I gave him my address for him to write to me.
b. Mệnh đề
Khẳng định S + V + so that/ in order that + S + will/ can/ would/ could + V
Phủ định S + V + so that/ in order that + S + will/ can/ would/ could + not + V
Ví dụ:
I’ll try my best to study English so that I can find a better job.
I put the milk in the fridge in order that it won’t spoil.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Change from in spite of/ despite although/though/even though.
1. Despite my warning, they went ahead with their plan.

2. They went swimming in spite of the coldness of the water.

3. In spite of being bad at pool, she beat him three times in a row.

4. She decided to go abroad for a year despite loving her boyfriend very much.

5. He went on holiday to Thailand in spite of the expensive airfare.

6. Socrates never had much money despite being very famous in his own day.
7. His career did not really take off despite his ambitions.

8. They managed to work together despite their differences of opinion.

9. Despite my headache I enjoyed the film.

10. Despite having enough money, he refused to buy a new car.

Exercise 2: Change from although/ though/ even though in spite of/ despite, starting as available.
1. Although he was tired, he walked to the station.
Despite
2. Although it was noisy, the children slept well.
The children
3. Though Linda earned a low salary, she gave money to her parents.
In spite of
4. Tom went to work even though he didn’t feel very well.
Tom
5. Their new product turned out to be a success though the market studies were pessimistic.
Their
6. Julie failed the exam though she worked very hard.
Julie
7. Although John got the highest result in the class, he still had problems with the teacher.
In spite of
8. Although it was difficult, they managed to climb to the top of the
mountain. In spite of
9. Even though he is a little overweight, he is actually quite fit.
Despite
10. Although politicians are necessary for democracy, they are still liars and thieves.
In spite of
Exercise 3: Circle the correct answers.
1. Valencia is a fantastic place although/ despite being too hot in July and August
2. Cars are very useful in the city though/ in spite of they are expensive.
3. She’s a great person in spite of/ even though getting jealous over stupid things sometimes
4. In spite of/ despite of getting the highest result in the class, John still had problems with the teacher
5. The best things in life are free though/ even though love is often very expensive
6. I phone my brother in Thailand using Skype nearly every day despite/ though the time difference.
7. In spite/ In spite of losing her way twice, she arrived safely.
8. Although/ in spite of the fact the sun was shining, the water was cold.
9. Despite/ although he being hard working, Kevin failed the examination.
10. We stayed up late, in spite of/ although we were tired.
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers.
1. Tom wakes his parents up playing the guitar very softly.
A. because B. in spite of C. because of D. although
2. Many people believe him he often tells a lie.
A. because B. in spite of C. although D. because of
3. she was very hard working; she hardly earned enough to feed her family.
A. In spite of B. Because C. Because of D. Although
4. her poorness, she feels happy.
A. Although B. Because C. If D. In spite of
5. I went to the club last Saturday the heavy rain.
A. because of B. because C. in spite of D. though
6. In spite of his hard work, he could not finish the job.
A. As hard as he work B. Despite he worked hard
C. Though he worked hard D. Although hard work
7. Despite the fact that it rained, we enjoyed our trip.
A. Because of the rain B. Though it is raining
C. Despite of the heavy rain D. Though it rained
8. Tom went to work although he didn’t feel very well.
A. that he did not feel very well B. despite of the fact not feeling well
C. because he did not feel very well D. despite not feeling very well
9. Although he is very old, he can walk to the station.
A. In spite of his old age B. Despite his old age
C. Despite the fact that he is old D. All are correct
10. I have tried hard but I can’t earn enough money.
A. Although I have tried hard, but I can’t earn enough money.
B. Although I have tried hard, I can’t earn enough money.
C. In spite of I have tried hard, I can’t earn enough money.
D. Despite I have tried hard, but I can’t earn enough money.
11. She stayed at home because her mother was sick.
A. Despite her sick mother, she stayed at home.
B. Because of her sick mother, she stayed at home.
C. In spite of her sick mother, she stayed at home.
D. A & C are correct.
12. Although he took a taxi, Bill arrived late for the concert.
A. Bill arrived late for the concert because he takes a taxi.
B. Bill arrived late for the concert because of the taxi.
C. In spite of taking a taxi, Bill arrived late for the concert.
D. Although Bill took a taxi, he can’t come to the concert in time.
13. In spite of his suffering from a bad cold, William went to school.
A. Although William suffers from a bad cold, he went to school.
B. Although William suffered from a bad cold, he went to school.
C. William went to school although he is suffering from a bad cold.
D. William went to school; he suffered from a bad cold although.
14. Despite the fact that it was snowing, I felt warm.
A. In spite snowing, I felt warm. B. In spite of feeling warm, it was snowing.
C. Although it was snowing, I felt warm. D. Although I felt warm, it was snowing.
15. Though he tried hard, he didn’t succeed.
A. Despite he tried hard, he didn’t succeed.
B. In spite of he tried hard, he didn’t succeed.
C. In spite of trying hard, he didn’t succeed.
D. Even though he tried hard, but he didn’t succeed.
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. Although she didn’t want to see The Lord of the Rings, she enjoyed it in the end.

2. They visited Madrid although they didn’t have time to visit El Prado.

3. Although it was raining, we decided to go anyway.

4. The English actor Oliver Reed was often rude to people although he was always kind to animals.

5. Although he behaved badly, he wasn’t punished.

6. Although he had a good salary, he was unhappy in his job.

7. Although it was raining heavily, we played the match as planned.

8. Although my doctor had told me to stay in bed I went to work.

 9. Although he takes a lot of exercises, he’s fat.

10. Although I had practiced for hours on end, my first golf ball ended up in the trees.

Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences with no matter + wh-question word or wh- question word + ever.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
makes you disappointed, please let it go. she is, he still
loves her.
you are tired, you can sleep immediately. you told lies, I still
cannot forgive you.
beautiful you are, I still consider you as my sister. you need, I will
stand by you.
you go, you must be home before 10.
you have done, he still does not believe you. tired I was, I
didn’t sleep.
you come from, I still consider you as my family.
2.2 : PHRASE AND CLAUSE OF REASON
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. He got wet he forgot his umbrella.
A. because of B. because C. but D. and
2. He stops working heavy raining.
A. in spite of B. although C. despite D. because of
3. They have a lot of difficulties in their life their poverty.
A. in spite of B. although C. because D. because of
4. Jill and Jolly were happy it was their both birthday party that day.
A. because B. even though C. spite of D. Despite
5. Nobody could hear her she spoke too quietly.
A. although B. because C. because of D. in spite of
6. We decided to leave early the party was boring.
A. although B. despite C. because D. because of
7. We all feel sad the bad news
A. because B. because of C. though D. despite
8. John lost his job his laziness.
A. because of B. because C. in spite of D. though
9. We can't go to Julia's party we're going away that weekend.
A. because B. because of C. although D. in spite of
10. Nam was absent from class yesterday he felt sick.
A. so B. because C. although D. but
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers.
1. The boy can’t reach the shelf he’s not tall enough.
A. because B. although C. even though D. and
2. She couldn’t unlock it she had the wrong key.
A. while B. but C. though D. because
3. Nam failed the final exam he was lazy.
A. while B. though C. because D. but
4. We watched TV the whole evening we had nothing better to do.
A. because B. though C. so D. but
5. We didn’t go for a walk it was very cold.
A. though B. because C. but D. so
6. They decided not to go out for a meal they were too tired.
A. so B. because C. but D. if
7. I’m learning English I want to get a better job.
A. or B. because C. therefore D. but
8. Last night we came to the show late the traffic was terrible.
A. although B. despite C. and D. because
9. Lan couldn’t pass the exam she is too lazy.
A. because B. because of C. although D. in spite of
10. his broken leg, he didn’t come to class yesterday.
A. because B. because of C. despite D. so
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with because/ because of.
1. We delayed our trip the bad weather.
2. Sue’s eyes were red she had been crying.
3. My mother is always complaining the untidiness of my room.
4. The water in most river is unsafe to drink it’s polluted.
5. The trees were bend over the wind.
6. You can’t enter this secure areas you don’t have an official permit.
7. It’s unsafe to travel in that country the ongoing civil war.
8. Several people in the crowd became ill and fainted the extreme heat.
9. Mark didn’t go to work yesterday he didn’t feel well.
10. We couldn’t get into the disco the enormous crowd.
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with because/ because of.
1. I went home early I was feeling unwell.
2. We decided not to go out for a meal we were simply too tired.
3. I couldn’t get to sleep the noise.
4. He only accepted the job the salary, which was very high.
5. Sarah can’t climb up the tree her fear of heights.
6. his age, John was not hired he had the necessary qualifications.
7. Mary came to class late her motorbike had a puncture.
8. Sandy didn’t go to school yesterday she was sick.
9. She went to bed early her tiredness.
10. I couldn’t do the test it was too difficult.
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences, using because/because of
1. He didn’t come because of his sickness.

2. The train was late because the fog was thick.

3. The plane couldn’t take off because of the bad weather.

4. He left the school because his family was poor.

5. We couldn’t study because of the noise.

6. I didn’t go swimming because it was cold.

7. These students arrive late because of the bad traffic.

8. Mary can’t sleep because she has drunk a cup of strong coffee.
 9. Because of getting up early, he wasn’t late for the first train.

10. He was accepted for the job because he had much experience.

Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences, using because/because of

1. Kevin has failed many times, so he disappointed.

2. I had not eaten for 24 hours. I was very hungry.

3. He ate all the fruits. The fruits were ripe.

4. He hadn’t finished the letter. He didn’t go to sleep.

→
5. He is dismissed. He was late for the work very often.
→
6. He drove too fast. He caused a serious accident.
→
7. The streets are narrow, so there are not many people driving cars in this city.
→
8. The test was so difficult that I couldn’ t do it.
→
9. I don’ t know Russian. I have to have my document translated into Russian.
→
10. The children had an accident. They went to school late.
→
2.3 : PHRASE AND CLAUSE OF RESULT
2.3.1 : ENOUGH AND TOO
Exercise 1: Complete the second sentence with (not) too/ enough + adj/adv so that it has the same
meaning as the first one.
1. The weather is fine. Mary and her little brother can go to school.
The weather is for Mary and her little brother to go to school.
2. The sun is not warm. We can’ t live on it.
The sun is for us to live on.
3. The water is quite warm. I can drink it.
The water is for me to drink.
4. The weather is so bad that we can’ t go out.
The weather is for us to go out.
5. The film was so boring that we couldn’ t go on seeing it.
The film was for us to go on seeing it.
6. He was so old that he couldn’ t run fast.
He was to run fast.
7. You speak so fast that I can’ t catch up with your words.
You speak for us me to catch up with your words.
8. It is so early that we can’ t go out.
It is for us to go out.
9. The film was very boring. We left before the end.
The film was for us to leave before the end.
10. The water is so hot that I can’ t drink it.
The water is for me to drink.
Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences using too.
1. This soup is very hot. We can’ t eat it.
→
2. This morning is very cold. We couldn’ t go swimming.
→
3. She can’ t carry the box; it’ s very heavy.
→
4. The room was very dirty. Nobody can learn it.
→
5. It was very late. She couldn’ t go home.
→
6. The class was very tired. The teacher couldn’ t explain the lesson.
→
7. She couldn’ t see the film because it was very boring.
→
8. You can’ t catch any taxi to the airport because it is very early.
→
9. It was very cold. They couldn’ t keep working in the field.
→
10. The fair was very noisy. We couldn’ t hear each other.
→
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences using enough.
1. These oranges are ripe. You can eat them.
→
2. They can’ t sleep. They aren’ t tired.
→
3. She is old, so she can drive a car.
→
4. All students had to stay at home because it rained heavily.
→
5. The truck can go through the gate because it is very wide.
→
6. Tom was very brave boy, so all his friends admired him.
→
7. The room was very comfortable. We all fell asleep easily.
→
8. He spoke slowly. We could understand him.
→
9. The soup is very excellent. We will have some.
→
10. They were very tired, so they stopped working?
→
Exercise 4: Tick ✓ to the correct sentences and correct the wrong sentences.
1. He studied so badly that he couldn’ t pass the exam.
→
2. It is very cold. We can’ t bathe.
→
3. Would you be very kind and answer this letter by return?
→
4. The story was very funny. We couldn’ t stop laughing.
→
5. The floor wasn’ t strong. We couldn’ t dance on it.
→
6. There were so many exercises that I couldn’ t finish them in a short time.
→
7. He spoke so fast that we couldn’ t understand him.
→
8. The restaurant is so expensive that we can’ t eat in that restaurant.
→
9. The price of the house is very high. We can’ t buy it.
→
10. I am very unhappy, so I cannot go out with him.
→
11. They sang very well. I could invite them to the party.
→
12. You are very young. You can’ t have a front-door key.
→
13. I am rather old. I can’ t wear that kind of hat.
→
14. The ladder wasn’ t very long. It didn’ t reach the window.
→
15. He hadn’ t much money. He couldn’ t live on it.
→
16. He was furious. He couldn’ t speak.
→
17. The fire isn’ t very hot. It won’ t boil a kettle.
→
18. You are quite thin. You could slip between the bars.
→
19. He is very ill. He can’ t eat anything.
→
20. Our new car is very wide. It won’ t get through those gates.
→
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences using too or enough.
1. The question was very hard. We couldn’ t answer it.
→
2. You’ re very young. You can’ t drive that car.
→
3. She was tired. She didn’ t go anywhere.
→
4. These shoes are very small. I can’ t wear them.
→
5. He is so weak. He can’ t run.
→
6. The TV programmer is very exciting. The children won’ t miss it.
→
7. The coffee was very hot. I could drink it.
→
8. He has a lot of money. He can buy a car.
→
9. He is very intelligent. He can do it.
→
10. Tom is strong. He can lift the box.
→
2.3.2 : SO THAT AND SUCH THAT
Exercise 1: Rewrite the sentences with such ... that.
1. The room is so untidy that it took us one hour to clean it.
→
2. The man is so fool that no one took any notice of him.
→
3. The film is so long that they can't broadcast it on one night.
→
4. The books are so interesting that we have read them many times.
→
5. The news was so bad that she burst into tears on hearing it.
→
6. The food was so hot that it turned my tongue.
→
7. The boy is so fat that everyone calls him Stuffy.
→
8. The milk is so excellent that all the children want some more.
→
9. The weather was so warm that they had a walk in the garden.
→
10. The match was so exciting that all the fans shouted loudly.
→
Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences with so... that.
1. The coffee is extremely hot. The children can’ t drink it.
→
2. My brother is very strong. He can lift this heavy table.
→
3. That play is very interesting. You should see it.
→
4. The suitcase is very heavy. Nobody can carry it upstairs.
→
5. My brother is very intelligent. He can do this difficult exercise.
→
6. The man is extremely poor. He can’ t buy a new bike for his wife.
→
7. This coat is very short. He can’ t wear it.
→
8. The tests were quite difficult. We couldn’ t do them.
→
9. The boy is very lazy. Everybody hates him.
→
10. The girl is very intelligent. She can do this difficult exercise.
→
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences, beginning as available.
1. The woman was so poor that she needs everyone’ s help.
It
2. Mary is a good swimmer. She has won two gold medals.
Mary
3. He drank strong coffee. He couldn’ t go to sleep.
He
4. It was a long walk. The children got tired.
It
5. He had a difficult exercise. He couldn’ t do it.
It
6. The speaker gave a long talk. Most of the audience felt sleepy.
The talk
 7. We watched an exciting competition. We didn’ t want to go home.
The competition
8. It was an excellent show. We all enjoyed it.
The show
9. His letter was rude. I didn’ t know what to think.
His letter
10. The train was so slow. It would have been faster to walk.
It.....
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with so/such/such a.
1. It’ s difficult to understand him because he speaks quietly.
2. I like Liz and Joe. They’ re nice people.
3. It was a great holiday. We had good time.
4. I was surprised that he looked well after his recent illness.
5. Everything is expensive these days, isn’ t it?
6. The weather is beautiful, isn’ t it? I didn’ t expect it to be nice day.
7. I have to go. I didn’ t realise it was late.
8. He always looks good. He wears nice clothes.
9. It was boring film that I felt asleep while I was watching it.
10. I couldn’ t believe the news. It was shock.
11. I think she works too hard. She looks tired all the time.
12. The food at the hotel was awful. I’ ve never eaten awful food.
13. They’ ve got much money they don’ t know what to do with it.
14. I didn’ t realise you lived long way from the city centre.
15. The party was really great. It was pity you couldn’ t come.
Exercise 5: Choose the correct answer.
1. He was so/such shy that he didn’ t want to go to the party.
2. The dress was so/such small that I couldn’ t wear it.
3. It was so/such a lovely night that we stayed outside until late.
4. It was so/such a long journey that we feel asleep.
5. She was so/such busy that she couldn’ t have lunch.
6. The cat is so/such fat that it can’ t walk.
7. She is so/such a good teacher that all the students like her.
8. I had so/such a terrible headache that I spent the whole day in bed.
9. It was so/such a boring book that I couldn’ t finish reading it.
10. The weather was so/such hot that we couldn’ t sleep at night.
Exercise 6: Tick ✓ to the correct sentences and Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. I didn’ t know you had so a big house.
2. I’ ve never met such a kind people as your family.
3. It’ s been such terrible weather that the farmers haven’ t been able to grow anything.
4. If you weren’ t such impatient, things would be better for you.
5. He always makes so fool of himself as nobody wants to make friends with him.
6. He always makes such a stupid mistakes.
7. He had such a fast car that he travelled everywhere in no time.
8. It’ s so late and I won’ t be able to catch my usual train.
9. He speaks so fast that I can understand nothing he says.
10. I have such much work that I can’ t go out.
11. Why are you making so many noise?
12. He works so a hard that he looks exhausted most of the time.
13. There were so many people on the bus that I couldn’ t find an empty seat.
14. If you keep on practicing so much, you’ ll make a lot of progress.
15. He is so an idiot that everybody ignores him.
2.4 : PHASE AND CLAUSE OF PURPOSE
Exercise 1: Match the sentences, using in order to/ so as to/ to.
1. The boys stood on the desks. They wanted to get a better view.
→
2. We learn English. We want to have better communication with other people.
→
3. We lower the volume. We don’ t want to bother our neighbors.
→
4. I will write to you. I want you to know my decision soon.
→
5. These girls were talking whispers. They didn’ t want anyone to hear their conversation.
→
6. I spoke loudly. I wanted everybody could hear me clearly.
→
7. You must take your umbrella. You won’ t get wet.
→
8. Tom gets up early. He doesn’ t want to be late for school.
→
9. I’ m studying hard. I want to keep pace with my classmates.
→
10. Alice prepares her lessons carefully. She wants to get high marks in class.
→
Exercise 2: Match the sentences, using so that/in order that.
1. Mary often goes home as soon as the class is over. She doesn’ t want her mother to wait for her.
→
2. I took my camera. I wanted to take some photos.
→
3. He studied really hard. He wanted to get better marks.
→
4. Jason learns Chinese. His aim is to work in China.
→
5. I’ ve collected money. I will buy a new car.
→
6. Many people left Turkey in 1960s. They wanted to find jobs in Germany.
→
7. She attends to a course. She wants to learn chess.
→
8. Linda turned on the lights. She wanted to see better.
→
9. I will come with you. I want to help you.
→
10. We are going to cinema. We will watch a horror film.
→
Exercise 3: Change from phrase into clause.
1. We hurried to school so as not to be late.
→
2. He climbed the tree in order to get a better view.
→
3. Some young people like to earn their own living in order to be independent of their parents.
→
4. We should do morning exercises so as to improve our health.
→
5. We should take advantage of the scientific achievements of the world so as to develop our national
economy.
→
6. Every people in the world must unite their efforts to maintain and protect peace.
→
7. She put on warm clothes so as not to catch the cold.
→
8. He hurried to the station so as not to miss the train.
→
9. She locked the door in order not to be disturbed.
→
10. I tried to be on time so as not to make our teacher said.
→
Exercise 4: Change from clause into phrase, suing phrase in the parentheses.
1. People use money so that they can buy things they need. (in order to)
→
2. Banks are developed so that they can keep people’ s money safe. (in order to)
→
3. I need to buy some laundry detergent so that I will wash my clothes. (in order to)
→
4. I came to this school so that I could learn English, (in order to)
→
5. Tom was playing very softly so that he wouldn’ t disturb anyone. (in order not to)
→
6. They rushed into the burning house so that they could save the child. (in order to)
→
7. Lan often attends English speaking club so that she can practice speaking English. (so as to)
→
8. He stood on the chair so that she can see better. (in order to)
→
9. Please shut the gate so that the cows can’ t get out of the cowshed. (in order to)
→
10. The boy tiptoed into the room because he didn’ t want to wake up everybody up. (so as not to)
→
Exercise 5: Choose the correct answers.
1. I moved to the front of the room I could see better.
A. so as to . B. in order to C. to D. so that
2. He opened the window let fresh air in.
A. for B. to C. in order for D. so as
3. He turned out the light waste electricity.
A. not B. without C. so that not D. in order not to
4. I am lighting the fire so that the house be warm when they return.
A. would B. wouldn’ t C. will D. won’ t
5. Mary worked hard pass the examination.
A. as so to B. so as to C. so that to D. in order not to
6. She is taking science course at school order to choose science for her profession.
A. so B. on C. in D. at
7. She weighed herself know the pull of the earth exerting on her.
A. for B. so that C. in order D. to
8. He hurried so that he miss the train.
A. won’ t B. doesn’ t C. didn’ t D. wouldn’ t
9. He does morning exercises regularly to improve his health.
A. not B. without C. so that not D. in order
10. Mary took her brother to school for him English.
A. to learn B. learning C. learns D. learned
Exercise 6: Choose the correct answers.
1. We have to start early we won’ t be late.
A. so that B. so as to C. because D. although
2. The school boys are in hurry they will not be late for school.
A. so as to B. to C. in order that D. for
 3. We set off early we wouldn’ t get stuck in the traffic.
A. although B. so that C. because D. in case
4. My mother went to London see my aunt’ s family.
A. in order to B. so that C. not to D. not
5. Julie saves money buy a new motorbike.
A. not in order to B. as so to C. so that D. so that she can
6. Sarah went to the photocopy shop print out her research report.
A. so that B. for C. to D. in order for
7. He studies very hard
A. in order to fail the examination B. so that to get knowledge
C. so as not to pass examination D. in order that he could be illiterate
8. “ I spoke slowly. The foreigner could understand me.” Means:
A. I spoke slowly so that the foreigner could understand me.
B. I spoke slowly in order to the foreigner could understand me.
C. I spoke slowly that the foreigner could understand me.
D. I spoke slowly to make the foreigner could understand me.
9. He had to explain the lesson very clearly .
A. in order that his students to understand it B. so that his students could understand it
C. so as his students to understand it D. so that his students to understand it.
10. He hurried to the station. He didn’ t want to miss the train.
A. He hurried to the station so that he couldn’ t miss the train.
B. He hurried to the station in order that he couldn’ t miss the train.
C. He hurried to the station not to miss the train.
D. All are correct.
ANSWER KEY
2.1 : PHRASE AND CLAUSE OF CONCESSION
Exercise 1: Change from in spite of/ despite →although/though/even though.
1. Although I warned them, they went ahead with their plan.
2. They went swimming although the water was cold.
3. Although she was bad at pool, she beat him three times in a row.
4. She decided to go abroad for a year although she loved her boyfriend very much.
5. He went on holiday to Thailand although the airfare was expensive.
6. Socrates never had much money although he was very famous in his own day.
7. His career did not really take off although he was ambitious.
8. They managed to work together although their opinion was different.
9. Although I had a headache, I enjoyed the film.
10. Although he had enough money, he refused to buy a new car.
Exercise 2: Change from although/ though/ even though →in spite of/ despite, starting as available.
1. Despite being tired, he walked to the station.
2. The children slept well despite the noise.
3. In spite of earning a low salary, Linda gave money to her parents.
4. Tom went to work in spite of not feeling very well.
5. Their new product turned out to be a success despite pessimistic market studies.
6. Julie failed the exam in spite of working very hard.
7. In spite of getting the highest result in the class, John still had problems with the teacher.
8. In spite of the difficulty, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
9. Despite being a little overweight, he is actually quite fit.
10. In spite of being necessary for democracy, politicians are still liars and thieves.
Exercise 3: Circle the correct answers.
1. despite 2. though 3. in spite of 4. In spite of 5. though
6. though 7. In spite of 8. Although 9. Despite 10. although
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers.
1. B 2. C 3. D 4. D 5. C 11. D 13. B 6. C
7. D 8. D 9. D 10. B 12. C 14. C 7. D 15. C
 Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. In spite of not wanting to see The Lord of the Rings, she enjoyed it in the end.
2. They visited Madrid despite not having time to visit El Prado.
3. In spite of the fact that it was raining, we decided to go anyway.
4. The English actor Oliver Reed was often rude to people in spite of she was always being kind to
animals.
5. Despite behaving badly, he wasn’ t punished.
6. In spite of having a good salary, he was unhappy in his job.
7. In spite of the heavy rain, we played the match as planned.
8. In spite of the doctor’ s being told to stay in bed by my doctor, I went to work.
9. Despite taking a lot of exercises, he’ s fat.
10. In spite of having practicing for hours on end, my first golf ball ended up in the trees.
Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences with no matter + wh-question word or wh- question word + ever.
1. No matter what/ Whatever 6. No matter when/ Whenever
2. No matter who/ Whoever 7. No matter where/ Wherever
3. No matter when/ Whenever 8. No matter what/ Whatever
4. No matter why/ Whyever 9. No matter how/ However
5. No matter how/ However 10. No matter where/ Wherever
2.2 : PHRASE AND CLAUSE OE REASON
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. B 2. D 3. D 4. A 5. B
6. C 7. B 8. A 9. A 10. B
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers.
1. A 2. D 3. C 4. A 5. B
6. B 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. B
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with because/because of.
1. because of 2. because 3. because of 4. because 5. because of
6. because 7. because of 8. because of 9. because 10. because of
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with because/ because of
1. because 2. because 3. because of 4. because of 5. because of
6. because 7. because 8. because 9. because of 10. because
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences, using because/because of.
1. He didn’ t come because he was sick.
2. The train was late because of the thick fog.
3. The plane couldn’ t take off because the weather was bad.
4. He left the school because of his poor family.
5. We couldn’ t study because it was noisy.
6. I didn’ t go swimming because of the cold weather.
7. These students arrive late because the traffic was bad.
8. Mary can’ t sleep because of having drunk a cup of strong coffee.
9. Because he got up early, he wasn’ t late for the first train.
10. He was accepted for the job because of his experience.
Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences, using because/because of
1. Because Kevin has failed many times, he disappointed.
2. Because I had not eaten for 24 hours, I was very hungry.
3. He ate all the fruits because they were ripe.
4. Because he hadn’ t finished the letter, he didn’ t go to sleep.
5. He is dismissed because he was late for the work very often.
6. Because he drove too fast, he caused a serious accident.
7. Because the streets are narrow, there are not many people driving cars in this city.
8. Because the test was so difficult, 1 couldn’ t do it.
9. Because I don’ t know Russian, I have to have my document translated into Russian.
 10. Because the children went to school late, they had an accident.
2.3 : PHRASE AND CLAUSE OF RESULT
2.3.1 : ENOUGH AND TOO
Exercise 1: Complete the second sentence with (not) too/ enough + adj/adv so that it has the same
meaning as the first one.
1. fine enough 6. too old
2. not enough warm 7. too fast
3. warm enough 8. too early
4. too bad 9. enough boring
5. too boring 10. too hot

Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences using too.

1. This soup is hot too hot for me to eat.
2. This morning is too cold for us to go swimming.
3. The box is too heavy for her to carry.
4. The room was too dirty for anyone to learn.
5. It was too late for her to go home.
6. The class was too tired for the teacher to explain the lesson.
7. The film was too boring for her to see.
8. It is too early for you to catch any taxi.
9. It was too cold for them to keep working in the field.
10. The fair was too noisy for us to hear each other.
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences using enough.
1. These oranges are ripe enough for you to eat.
2. They are not tired enough to sleep.
3. She is old enough to drive a car.
4. It rained heavily enough for all students to stay at home.
5. The gate is wide enough for the truck to go through.
6. Tom was brave enough for all his friends to admire.
7. The room was comfortable enough for us all to fell asleep easily.
8. He spoke slowly enough for us to understand.
9. The soup is excellent enough for us to have some.
10. They were tired enough to stop working.
Exercise 4: Tick ✓ to the correct sentences and correct the wrong sentences.
1. pass → fail 6. short → long
2. too cold enough → too cold 7. to not understand → to understand
3. and → to 8. 
4. stop → keep 9. low → high
5. weak → strong 10. unhappy enough → too unhappy
11.  16. furious enough → too furious
12. were → are 17. too hot → hot enough
13. to not wear → to wear 18. thick → thin
14.  19. 
15.  20. wide enough → too wide
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences using too or enough.
1. The question was too hard for us to answer.
2. You’ re too young to drive that car.
3. She was too tired to go somewhere.
4. These shoes are too small for me to wear.
5. He is too weak to run.
6. The TV programmer is exciting enough for the children to miss.
7. The coffee was hot enough for me to drink.
8. He has enough money to buy a car.
9. He is intelligent enough for him to do it.
10. Tom is strong enough to lift the box.
2.3.2 : SO THAT AND SUCH THAT
Exercise 1: Rewrite the sentences with such ... that
1. It is such an untidy room that it took us one hour to clean it.
2. He is such a fool man that no one took any notice of him.
3. It is such a long film that they can’ t broadcast it on one night.
4. They are such interesting books that we have read them many times.
5. It was such bad news that she burst into tears on hearing it.
6. It was such hot food that it turned my tongue.
7. He is such a fat boy that everyone calls him Stuffy.
8. It is such excellent milk that all the children want some more.
9. It was such warm weather that they had a walk in the garden.
10. It was such an exciting match that all the fans shouted loudly.
Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences with so... that.
1. The coffee is so hot that the children can’ t drink it.
2. My brother is so strong that he can lift this heavy table.
3. That play is so interesting that you should see it.
4. The suitcase is so heavy that nobody can carry it upstairs.
5. My brother is so intelligent that he can do this difficult exercise.
6. The man is so poor that he can’ t buy a new bike for his wife.
7. This coat is so short that he can’ t wear it.
8. The tests were so difficult that we couldn't do them.
9. The boy is so lazy that everybody hates him.
10. The girl is so intelligent that she can do this difficult exercise.
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences, beginning as available.
1. It was such a poor woman that she needs everyone’ s help.
2. Mary is such a good swimmer that she has won two gold medals.
3. He drank so much coffee that he couldn’ t go to sleep.
4. It was such a long walk that the children got tired.
5. It was such a difficult exercise that he couldn’ t do it.
6. The talk that the speaker gave was so long that most of the audience felt sleepy.
7. The competition that we watched was so exciting that we didn’ t want to go home.
8. The show was excellent that we all enjoyed it.
9. His letter was so rude that I didn’ t know what to think.
10. It was such a slow train that it would have been faster to walk.
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with so/ such/ such a.
1. so 2. such 3. such a 4. so 5. so
6. such a 7. so 8. such 9. such a 10. such a
11. so 12. so; such 13. so 14. such a 15. such a
Exercise 5: Choose the correct answer.
1. so 2. so 3. such 4. such 5. so
6. so 7. such 8. such 9. such 10. so
Exercise 6: Tick ✓ to the correct sentences and Underline the mistakes in wrong sentences.
1. so 2. a 3. ✓ 4. such 5. as
6. a 7. ✓ 8. and 9. ✓ 10. such
11. many 12. a 13. ✓ 14. ✓ 15. so
2.4 : PHASE AND CLAUSE OF PURPOSE
Exercise 1: Match the sentences, using in order to/ so as to/ to.
1. The boys stood on the desks to get a better view.
2. We learn English to have better communication with other people.
3. We lower the volume so as not to bother our neighbors.
4. I will write to you for you to know my decision soon.
5. These girls were talking whispers for no one to hear their conversation.
6. I spoke loudly for everybody to hear me clearly.
7. You must take your umbrella to not get wet.
8. Tom gets up early so as not to be late for school.
9. I’ m studying hard to keep pace with my classmates.
10. Alice prepares her lessons carefully to get high marks in class.
Exercise 2: Match the sentences, using so that/in order that.
1. Mary often goes home as soon as the class is over so that her mother does not wait for her.
2. I took my camera so that I could take some photos.
3. He studied really hard so that he could get better marks.
4. Jason learns Chinese so that he can work in China.
5. I’ ve collected money so that I can buy a new car.
6. Many people left Turkey in 1960s. So that they could find jobs in Germany.
7. She attends to a course so that she can learn chess.
8. Linda turned on the lights so that she can see better.
9. I will come with you so that I can help you.
10. We are going to cinema so that we can watch a horror film.
Exercise 3: Change from phrase into clause.
1. We hurried to school so that I wouldn’ t be late.
2. He climbed the tree so that 1 could get a better view.
3. Some young people like to earn their own living so that they are independent of their parents.
4. We should do morning exercises so that we can improve our health.
5. We should take advantage of the scientific achievements of the world so that we can develop our
national economy.
6. Every people in the world must unite their efforts so that they can maintain and protect peace.
7. She put on warm clothes so that they will not catch the cold.
8. He hurried to the station so that they wouldn't miss the train.
9. She locked the door so that she wouldn’ t be disturbed.
10. I tried to be on time so that 1 wouldn’ t make our teacher said.
Exercise 4: Change from clause into phrase, suing phrase in the parentheses.
1. People use money in order to buy things they need.
2. Banks are developed in order to keep people’ s money safe.
3. I need to buy some laundry detergent in order to wash my clothes.
4. I came to this school in order to learn English.
5. Tom was playing very softly in order not to disturb anyone.
6. They rushed into the burning house in order to save the child.
7. Lan often attends English speaking club so as to practice speaking English.
8. He stood on the chair in order to see better.
9. Please shut the gate in order for the cows not to get out of the cowshed.
10. The boy tiptoed into the room so as not to wake up every body up.
Exercise 5: Choose the correct answers.
1. D 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. B
6. C 7. D 8. D 9. D 10. A
Exercise 6: Choose the correct answers.
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 2: CÁC CỤM TỪ VÀ MỆNH ĐỀ
(PHRASES AND CLAUSES)
1. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượng bộ (Phrase and clause of concession)
a. Cụm từ
Cụm từ chỉ sự nhượng bộ thường được bắt đầu bằng giới từ ‘In spite of’ hoặc ‘Despite’
✓ Cấu trúc:
In spite of/ Despite + Noun/ Noun phrase/ V-ing
Ví dụ:
Despite the bad weather, they enjoyed the picnic.
In spite of his old age, he leads an active life.
➢ Chú ý:
Cụm từ có ‘Despite’ hoặc ‘In spite of’ có thể được đặt trước hoặc sau mệnh đề chính. Nếu đứng trước
mệnh đề chính, ta phải thêm dấu phẩy vào trước mệnh đề chính, nếu đứng sau mệnh đề chính, ta không
cần thêm dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ:
She couldn’t pass the exam despite studying hard.
Despite studying hard, she couldn’t pass the exam.
b. Mệnh đề
Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ sự nhượng bộ là mệnh đề phụ chỉ sự tương phản của 2 hành động trong câu. Mệnh
đề này thường bắt đầu với những từ nối: although, though, even though, no matter, whatever (dù, cho dù)
❖ Although, though, even though
✓ Cấu trúc:
Although/ though/ even though + S + V
Ví dụ:
Although he is intelligent, he can’t do this puzzle.
She couldn’t win the beauty contest even though she was beautiful.
➢ Chú ý:
- Đăng sau 3 cụm từ này phải là một mệnh đề hoàn chỉnh (có cả chủ ngữ và động từ).
- Các mệnh đề này có thể đứng trước hoặc sau mệnh đề chính. Nếu đứng trước mệnh đề chính, ta phải
thêm dấu phấy vào trước mệnh đề chính, nếu đứng sau mệnh đề chính, ta không cần thêm dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ:
Although the weather was cold, they enjoyed the picnic.
Jane will be admitted to the university even though she has bad grades.
Anna was fond of Jim though he often annoyed her.
❖ No matter, whatever
✓ Cấu trúc:
No matter + who/ what/ when/ where/ why/ how (adj, adv) + S + V
= Whoever/ Whatever (+N)/ whenever/ whereever/ whyever/ however (adj/ adv) + S + V,
Ví dụ:
No matter who you are, I love you.
= Whoever you are, I still love you.
Whatever he says, I don’t believe him
= No matter what he say, I don’t believe him.
➢ Chú ý:
Mệnh đề bắt đầu bằng No matter hoặc Whatever thường được đặt trước mệnh đề chính, mang nghĩa ‘dù ...
đi nữa’
1
2. Phrase and clause of reason (Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ lý do)
a. Cụm từ
Cụm từ chỉ lý do thường được bắt đầu bằng: because of, owing to, due to, as a result of, on account of,
Because of
✓ Cấu trúc:
because of
owing to
due to + Noun/ Noun phrase/ V-ing
on account of
as a result of
➢ Chú ý:
- Cụm từ thường được sử dụng nhất là because of.
- Các cụm từ này có thể đứng trước hoặc sau mệnh đề chính, mang nghĩa là ‘vì, do’. Nếu đứng trước
mệnh đề chính, ta phải thêm dấu phẩy vào trước mệnh đề chính, nếu đứng sau mệnh đề chính, ta không
cần thêm dấu phấy.
Ví dụ:
Jane was late because of the rain.
= Because of the rain, Jane was late.
Because of the traffic jam, the students arrived late.
The project has to be abandoned due to a lack of government funding.
Owing to his illness, he could not continue with his studies.
She dies as a result of her injuries.
b. Mệnh đề
Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do là một mệnh đề phụ chỉ lý do hoặc nguyên nhân của hành động được nêu
trong mệnh đề chính. Mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ lý do thường được nối với mệnh đề chính nhờ các từ nối
như: because, since, as.
➢ Chú ý:
- since và as thường đặt ở đầu câu khi người nghe đã biết rõ nguyên nhân hoặc nguyên nhân không quá
quan trọng.
- because là từ nối được sử dụng phổ biến nhất
✓ Cấu trúc:
Because/ Since/ As + S + V
Ví dụ:
He came ten minutes late because he missed the first bus.
As the weather was bad, they didn’t take part in the trip.
3. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ kết quả
a. Cụm từ chỉ kết quả
❖ too ... to V (quá... không thể làm điều gì).
✓ Cấu trúc:
S + be/ V + too + adj/ adv + to V
Ví dụ:
He is too short to play basketball.
Tom ran too slowly to become the winner of the race.
This book is too dull for you to read.
 Lưu ý: Cấu trúc này thường dùng với nghĩa phủ định.
❖ enough ... to V (đủ .... để có thể làm điều gì đó)
✓ Cấu trúc:
2
 S + be/ V + adj/ adv + enough + to V
Ví dụ:
Marry isn't old enough to drive a car.
She speaks Spanish well enough to be an interpreter.
It is cold enough to wear a heavy jacket.
b. Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả
Mệnh đề chỉ kết quả là mệnh đề phụ được dùng đề chỉ kết quả do hành động của mệnh đề chính gây ra:
❖ so ... that (quá ... đến nỗi)
S + be/ V + so + adj/ adv + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
It was so dark that I couldn't see anything.
The student had behaved so badly that he was dismissed from the class.
➢ Chú ý: Nếu động từ trong mệnh đề chính là các động từ chỉ tri giác như look, appear, seem, feel, taste,
smell, sound,... ta dùng công thức với động từ to be.
Ví dụ:
The little girl looks so unhappy that we all feel sorry for her.
The soup tastes so good that everyone will ask for more.
Nếu trong câu có many, much, few, little thì ta có cấu trúc:
Với danh từ đếm được số nhiều:
S + V + so + many/ few + plural countable noun + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
The Smiths had so many children that they formed their own baseball team.
I had so few ion offers that is wasn't difficult to select one.
There are so many people in the room that I feel tired.
Với danh từ không đếm đưọc:
S + V + so + much/ little + uncountable noun + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
He has invested so much money in the project that he can't abandon it now.
The grass received so little water that it turned brown in the heat.
➢ Chú ý: Một cấu trúc khác của so ... that
S + V + so + adj + a + singular countable noun + that...
Ví dụ:
It was so hot a day that we decided to stay indoors.
It was so interesting a book that he couldn't put it down.
❖ such ... that (quá ... đến nỗi)
S + V + such + (a/an) + adj + N + that + S + V
Ví dụ:
It was such a hot day that we decided to stay at home.
She has such exceptional abilities that everyone is jealous of her.
There are such beautiful pictures that everybody will want one.
It is such an intelligent boy that we all admire him.
This is such difficult homework that I will never finish it.
4. Cụm từ và mệnh đề chỉ mục đích
a. Cụm từ
3
 Khẳng định S + V + to/ in order to/ so as to + V
Phủ định S + V + in order not to/ so as not to + V
Ví dụ:
He went to France to study French.
He does morning exercises in order to improve his health.
She is hurrying so as not to miss the bus.
➢ Chú ý: Giới từ for cũng dùng để chỉ mục đích
- For + Noun: cũng có thể được dùng để nói đến mục đích của ai khi làm việc gì đó.
Ví dụ: I went to the store for some bread.
- For + O + to-inf. dùng để nói đến mục đích liên quan hành động của người khác
Ví dụ: I gave him my address. I wanted him to write to me.
→ I gave him my address for him to write to me.
b. Mệnh đề
Khẳng định S + V + so that/ in order that + S + will/ can/ would/ could + V
Phủ định S + V + so that/ in order that + S + will/ can/ would/ could + not + V
Ví dụ:
I’ll try my best to study English so that I can find a better job.
I put the milk in the fridge in order that it won’t spoil.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Change from in spite of/ despite →although/though/even though.
1. Despite my warning, they went ahead with their plan.
→
2. They went swimming in spite of the coldness of the water.
→
3. In spite of being bad at pool, she beat him three times in a row.
→
4. She decided to go abroad for a year despite loving her boyfriend very much.
→
5. He went on holiday to Thailand in spite of the expensive airfare.
→
6. Socrates never had much money despite being very famous in his own day.
→
7. His career did not really take off despite his ambitions.
→
8. They managed to work together despite their differences of opinion.
→
9. Despite my headache I enjoyed the film.
→
10. Despite having enough money, he refused to buy a new car.
→
Exercise 2: Change from although/ though/ even though →in spite of/ despite, starting as available.
1. Although he was tired, he walked to the station.
Despite
2. Although it was noisy, the children slept well.
The children
4
3. Though Linda earned a low salary, she gave money to her parents.
In spite of
4. Tom went to work even though he didn’t feel very well.
Tom
5. Their new product turned out to be a success though the market studies were pessimistic.
Their
6. Julie failed the exam though she worked very hard.
Julie
7. Although John got the highest result in the class, he still had problems with the teacher.
In spite of
8. Although it was difficult, they managed to climb to the top of the mountain.
In spite of
9. Even though he is a little overweight, he is actually quite fit.
Despite
10. Although politicians are necessary for democracy, they are still liars and thieves.
In spite of
Exercise 3: Circle the correct answers.
1. Valencia is a fantastic place although/ despite being too hot in July and August
2. Cars are very useful in the city though/ in spite of they are expensive.
3. She’s a great person in spite of/ even though getting jealous over stupid things sometimes
4. In spite of/ despite of getting the highest result in the class, John still had problems with the teacher
5. The best things in life are free though/ even though love is often very expensive
6. I phone my brother in Thailand using Skype nearly every day despite/ though the time difference.
7. In spite/ In spite of losing her way twice, she arrived safely.
8. Although/ in spite of the fact the sun was shining, the water was cold.
9. Despite/ although he being hard working, Kevin failed the examination.
10. We stayed up late, in spite of/ although we were tired.
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers.
1. Tom wakes his parents up playing the guitar very softly.
A. because B. in spite of C. because of D. although
2. Many people believe him he often tells a lie.
A. because B. in spite of C. although D. because of
3. she was very hard working; she hardly earned enough to feed her family.
A. In spite of B. Because C. Because of D. Although
4. her poorness, she feels happy.
A. Although B. Because C. If D. In spite of
5. I went to the club last Saturday the heavy rain.
A. because of B. because C. in spite of D. though
6. In spite of his hard work, he could not finish the job.
A. As hard as he work B. Despite he worked hard
C. Though he worked hard D. Although hard work
7. Despite the fact that it rained, we enjoyed our trip.
A. Because of the rain B. Though it is raining
C. Despite of the heavy rain D. Though it rained
8. Tom went to work although he didn’t feel very well.
A. that he did not feel very well B. despite of the fact not feeling well
C. because he did not feel very well D. despite not feeling very well
9. Although he is very old, he can walk to the station.
A. In spite of his old age B. Despite his old age

5
C. Despite the fact that he is old D. All are correct
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. Although she didn’t want to see The Lord of the Rings, she enjoyed it in the end.
→
2. They visited Madrid although they didn’t have time to visit El Prado.
→
3. Although it was raining, we decided to go anyway.
→
4. The English actor Oliver Reed was often rude to people although he was always kind to animals.
→
5. Although he behaved badly, he wasn’t punished.
→
6. Although he had a good salary, he was unhappy in his job.
→
7. Although it was raining heavily, we played the match as planned.
→
8. Although my doctor had told me to stay in bed I went to work.
→
9. Although he takes a lot of exercises, he’s fat.
→
10. Although I had practiced for hours on end, my first golf ball ended up in the trees.
→
2.2 : PHRASE AND CLAUSE OF REASON
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. He got wet he forgot his umbrella.
A. because of B. because C. but D. and
2. He stops working heavy raining.
A. in spite of B. although C. despite D. because of
3. They have a lot of difficulties in their life their poverty.
A. in spite of B. although C. because D. because of
4. Jill and Jolly were happy it was their both birthday party that day.
A. because B. even though C. spite of D. Despite
5. Nobody could hear her she spoke too quietly.
A. although B. because C. because of D. in spite of
6. We decided to leave early the party was boring.
A. although B. despite C. because D. because of
7. We all feel sad the bad news
A. because B. because of C. though D. despite
8. John lost his job his laziness.
A. because of B. because C. in spite of D. though
9. We can't go to Julia's party we're going away that weekend.
A. because B. because of C. although D. in spite of
10. Nam was absent from class yesterday he felt sick.
A. so B. because C. although D. but
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers.
1. The boy can’t reach the shelf he’s not tall enough.
A. because B. although C. even though D. and
2. She couldn’t unlock it she had the wrong key.
A. while B. but C. though D. because
3. Nam failed the final exam he was lazy.
6
A. while B. though C. because D. but
4. We watched TV the whole evening we had nothing better to do.
A. because B. though C. so D. but
5. We didn’t go for a walk it was very cold.
A. though B. because C. but D. so
6. They decided not to go out for a meal they were too tired.
A. so B. because C. but D. if
7. I’m learning English I want to get a better job.
A. or B. because C. therefore D. but
8. Last night we came to the show late the traffic was terrible.
A. although B. despite C. and D. because
9. Lan couldn’t pass the exam she is too lazy.
A. because B. because of C. although D. in spite of
10. his broken leg, he didn’t come to class yesterday.
A. because B. because of C. despite D. so
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with because/ because of.
1. We delayed our trip the bad weather.
2. Sue’s eyes were red she had been crying.
3. My mother is always complaining the untidiness of my room.
4. The water in most river is unsafe to drink it’s polluted.
5. The trees were bend over the wind.
6. You can’t enter this secure areas you don’t have an official permit.
7. It’s unsafe to travel in that country the ongoing civil war.
8. Several people in the crowd became ill and fainted the extreme heat.
9. Mark didn’t go to work yesterday he didn’t feel well.
10. We couldn’t get into the disco the enormous crowd.
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with because/ because of.
1. I went home early I was feeling unwell.
2. We decided not to go out for a meal we were simply too tired.
3. I couldn’t get to sleep the noise.
4. He only accepted the job the salary, which was very high.
5. Sarah can’t climb up the tree her fear of heights.
6. his age, John was not hired he had the necessary qualifications.
7. Mary came to class late her motorbike had a puncture.
8. Sandy didn’t go to school yesterday she was sick.
9. She went to bed early her tiredness.
10. I couldn’t do the test it was too difficult.
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences, using because/because of
1. He didn’t come because of his sickness.
→
2. The train was late because the fog was thick.
→
3. The plane couldn’t take off because of the bad weather.
→
4. He left the school because his family was poor.
→
5. We couldn’t study because of the noise.
→
6. I didn’t go swimming because it was cold.
→
7. These students arrive late because of the bad traffic.
7
 →
8. Mary can’t sleep because she has drunk a cup of strong coffee.
→
9. Because of getting up early, he wasn’t late for the first train.
→
10. He was accepted for the job because he had much experience.
→
Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences, using because/because of
1. Kevin has failed many times, so he disappointed.
→
2. I had not eaten for 24 hours. I was very hungry.
→
3. He ate all the fruits. The fruits were ripe.
→
4. He hadn’t finished the letter. He didn’t go to sleep.
→
5. He is dismissed. He was late for the work very often.
→
6. He drove too fast. He caused a serious accident.
→
7. The streets are narrow, so there are not many people driving cars in this city.
→
8. The test was so difficult that I couldn’t do it.
→
9. I don’t know Russian. I have to have my document translated into Russian.
→
10. The children had an accident. They went to school late.
→
2.3 : PHRASE AND CLAUSE OF RESULT
2.3.1 : ENOUGH AND TOO
Exercise 1: Complete the second sentence with (not) too/ enough + adj/adv so that it has the same
meaning as the first one.
1. The weather is fine. Mary and her little brother can go to school.
The weather is for Mary and her little brother to go to school.
2. The sun is not warm. We can’t live on it.
The sun is for us to live on.
3. The water is quite warm. I can drink it.
The water is for me to drink.
4. The weather is so bad that we can’t go out.
The weather is for us to go out.
5. The film was so boring that we couldn’t go on seeing it.
The film was for us to go on seeing it.
6. He was so old that he couldn’t run fast.
He was to run fast.
7. You speak so fast that I can’t catch up with your words.
You speak for us me to catch up with your words.
8. It is so early that we can’t go out.
8
 It is for us to go out.
9. The film was very boring. We left before the end.
The film was for us to leave before the end.
10. The water is so hot that I can’t drink it.
The water is for me to drink.
Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences using too.
1. This soup is very hot. We can’t eat it.
→
2. This morning is very cold. We couldn’t go swimming.
→
3. She can’t carry the box; it’s very heavy.
→
4. The room was very dirty. Nobody can learn it.
→
5. It was very late. She couldn’t go home.
→
6. The class was very tired. The teacher couldn’t explain the lesson.
→
7. She couldn’t see the film because it was very boring.
→
8. You can’t catch any taxi to the airport because it is very early.
→
9. It was very cold. They couldn’t keep working in the field.
→
10. The fair was very noisy. We couldn’t hear each other.
→
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences using enough.
1. These oranges are ripe. You can eat them.
→
2. They can’t sleep. They aren’t tired.
→
3. She is old, so she can drive a car.
→
4. All students had to stay at home because it rained heavily.
→
5. The truck can go through the gate because it is very wide.
→
6. Tom was very brave boy, so all his friends admired him.
→
7. The room was very comfortable. We all fell asleep easily.
→
8. He spoke slowly. We could understand him.
→
9. The soup is very excellent. We will have some.
→
10. They were very tired, so they stopped working?
→
9
Exercise 4: Tick ✓ to the correct sentences and correct the wrong sentences.
1. He studied so badly that he couldn’t pass the exam.
→
2. It is very cold. We can’t bathe.
→
3. Would you be very kind and answer this letter by return?
→
4. The story was very funny. We couldn’t stop laughing.
→
5. The floor wasn’t strong. We couldn’t dance on it.
→
6. There were so many exercises that I couldn’t finish them in a short time.
→
7. He spoke so fast that we couldn’t understand him.
→
8. The restaurant is so expensive that we can’t eat in that restaurant.
→
9. The price of the house is very high. We can’t buy it.
→
10. I am very unhappy, so I cannot go out with him.
→
11. They sang very well. I could invite them to the party.
→
12. You are very young. You can’t have a front-door key.
→
13. I am rather old. I can’t wear that kind of hat.
→
14. The ladder wasn’t very long. It didn’t reach the window.
→
15. He hadn’t much money. He couldn’t live on it.
→
16. He was furious. He couldn’t speak.
→
17. The fire isn’t very hot. It won’t boil a kettle.
→
18. You are quite thin. You could slip between the bars.
→
19. He is very ill. He can’t eat anything.
→
20. Our new car is very wide. It won’t get through those gates.
→
Exercise 5: Rewrite the sentences using too or enough.
1. The question was very hard. We couldn’t answer it.
→
2. You’re very young. You can’t drive that car.
→
3. She was tired. She didn’t go anywhere.
10
→
4. These shoes are very small. I can’t wear them.
→
5. He is so weak. He can’t run.
→
6. The TV programmer is very exciting. The children won’t miss it.
→
7. The coffee was very hot. I could drink it.
→
8. He has a lot of money. He can buy a car.
→
9. He is very intelligent. He can do it.
→
10. Tom is strong. He can lift the box.
→
2.3.2 : SO THAT AND SUCH THAT
Exercise 1: Rewrite the sentences with such ... that.
1. The room is so untidy that it took us one hour to clean it.
→
2. The man is so fool that no one took any notice of him.
→
3. The film is so long that they can't broadcast it on one night.
→
4. The books are so interesting that we have read them many times.
→
5. The news was so bad that she burst into tears on hearing it.
→
6. The food was so hot that it turned my tongue.
→
7. The boy is so fat that everyone calls him Stuffy.
→
8. The milk is so excellent that all the children want some more.
→
9. The weather was so warm that they had a walk in the garden.
→
10. The match was so exciting that all the fans shouted loudly.
→
Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences with so... that.
1. The coffee is extremely hot. The children can’t drink it.
→
2. My brother is very strong. He can lift this heavy table.
→
3. That play is very interesting. You should see it.
→
4. The suitcase is very heavy. Nobody can carry it upstairs.
→
5. My brother is very intelligent. He can do this difficult exercise.
11
→
6. The man is extremely poor. He can’t buy a new bike for his wife.
→
7. This coat is very short. He can’t wear it.
→
8. The tests were quite difficult. We couldn’t do them.
→
9. The boy is very lazy. Everybody hates him.
→
10. The girl is very intelligent. She can do this difficult exercise.
→
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences, beginning as available.
1. The woman was so poor that she needs everyone’s help.
It
2. Mary is a good swimmer. She has won two gold medals.
Mary
3. He drank strong coffee. He couldn’t go to sleep.
He
4. It was a long walk. The children got tired.
It
5. He had a difficult exercise. He couldn’t do it.
It
6. The speaker gave a long talk. Most of the audience felt sleepy.
The talk
7. We watched an exciting competition. We didn’t want to go home.
The competition
8. It was an excellent show. We all enjoyed it.
The show
9. His letter was rude. I didn’t know what to think.
His letter
10. The train was so slow. It would have been faster to walk.
It.....
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with so/such/such a.
1. It’s difficult to understand him because he speaks quietly.
2. I like Liz and Joe. They’re nice people.
3. It was a great holiday. We had good time.
4. I was surprised that he looked well after his recent illness.
5. Everything is expensive these days, isn’t it?
6. The weather is beautiful, isn’t it? I didn’t expect it to be nice day.
7. I have to go. I didn’t realise it was late.
8. He always looks good. He wears nice clothes.
9. It was boring film that I felt asleep while I was watching it.
10. I couldn’t believe the news. It was shock.
11. I think she works too hard. She looks tired all the time.
12. The food at the hotel was awful. I’ve never eaten awful food.
13. They’ve got much money they don’t know what to do with it.
14. I didn’t realise you lived long way from the city centre.
15. The party was really great. It was pity you couldn’t come.
12
 Exercise 5: Choose the correct answer.
1. He was so/such shy that he didn’t want to go to the party.
2. The dress was so/such small that I couldn’t wear it.
3. It was so/such a lovely night that we stayed outside until late.
4. It was so/such a long journey that we feel asleep.
5. She was so/such busy that she couldn’t have lunch.
6. The cat is so/such fat that it can’t walk.
7. She is so/such a good teacher that all the students like her.
8. I had so/such a terrible headache that I spent the whole day in bed.
9. It was so/such a boring book that I couldn’t finish reading it.
10. The weather was so/such hot that we couldn’t sleep at night.
Exercise 6: Tick ✓ to the correct sentences and Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. I didn’t know you had so a big house.
2. I’ve never met such a kind people as your family.
3. It’s been such terrible weather that the farmers haven’t been able to grow anything.
4. If you weren’t such impatient, things would be better for you.
5. He always makes so fool of himself as nobody wants to make friends with him.
6. He always makes such a stupid mistakes.
7. He had such a fast car that he travelled everywhere in no time.
8. It’s so late and I won’t be able to catch my usual train.
9. He speaks so fast that I can understand nothing he says.
10. I have such much work that I can’t go out.
11. Why are you making so many noise?
12. He works so a hard that he looks exhausted most of the time.
13. There were so many people on the bus that I couldn’t find an empty seat.
14. If you keep on practicing so much, you’ll make a lot of progress.
15. He is so an idiot that everybody ignores him.
2.4 : PHASE AND CLAUSE OF PURPOSE
Exercise 1: Match the sentences, using in order to/ so as to/ to.
1. The boys stood on the desks. They wanted to get a better view.
→
2. We learn English. We want to have better communication with other people.
→
3. We lower the volume. We don’t want to bother our neighbors.
→
4. I will write to you. I want you to know my decision soon.
→
5. These girls were talking whispers. They didn’t want anyone to hear their conversation.
→
6. I spoke loudly. I wanted everybody could hear me clearly.
→
7. You must take your umbrella. You won’t get wet.
→
8. Tom gets up early. He doesn’t want to be late for school.
→
9. I’m studying hard. I want to keep pace with my classmates.
→
10. Alice prepares her lessons carefully. She wants to get high marks in class.
→
Exercise 2: Match the sentences, using so that/in order that.
13
1. Mary often goes home as soon as the class is over. She doesn’t want her mother to wait for her.
→
2. I took my camera. I wanted to take some photos.
→
3. He studied really hard. He wanted to get better marks.
→
4. Jason learns Chinese. His aim is to work in China.
→
5. I’ve collected money. I will buy a new car.
→
6. Many people left Turkey in 1960s. They wanted to find jobs in Germany.
→
7. She attends to a course. She wants to learn chess.
→
8. Linda turned on the lights. She wanted to see better.
→
9. I will come with you. I want to help you.
→
10. We are going to cinema. We will watch a horror film.
→
Exercise 3: Change from phrase into clause.
1. We hurried to school so as not to be late.
→
2. He climbed the tree in order to get a better view.
→
3. Some young people like to earn their own living in order to be independent of their parents.
→
4. We should do morning exercises so as to improve our health.
→
5. We should take advantage of the scientific achievements of the world so as to develop our national
economy.
→
6. Every people in the world must unite their efforts to maintain and protect peace.
→
7. She put on warm clothes so as not to catch the cold.
→
8. He hurried to the station so as not to miss the train.
→
9. She locked the door in order not to be disturbed.
→
10. I tried to be on time so as not to make our teacher said.
→
Exercise 4: Change from clause into phrase, suing phrase in the parentheses.
1. People use money so that they can buy things they need. (in order to)
→
2. Banks are developed so that they can keep people’s money safe. (in order to)
→
14
3. I need to buy some laundry detergent so that I will wash my clothes. (in order to)
→
4. I came to this school so that I could learn English, (in order to)
→
5. Tom was playing very softly so that he wouldn’t disturb anyone. (in order not to)
→
6. They rushed into the burning house so that they could save the child. (in order to)
→
7. Lan often attends English speaking club so that she can practice speaking English. (so as to)
→
8. He stood on the chair so that she can see better. (in order to)
→
9. Please shut the gate so that the cows can’t get out of the cowshed. (in order to)
→
10. The boy tiptoed into the room because he didn’t want to wake up everybody up. (so as not to)
→

15
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 3: CÁC DẠNG SO SÁNH CỦA TÍNH TỪ VÀ TRẠNG TỪ
(COMPARISONS OF ADJECTIVE AND ADVERB)
1. So sánh bằng với tính từ và trạng từ
✓ Cấu trúc:
S + V + as + adj/adv + as + ...
Ví dụ:
- She is as tall as I am = She is as tall as me. (Cô ấy cao bằng tôi.)
- He runs as quickly as I do = He runs as quickly as me. (Anh ấy chạy nhanh như tôi.)
- Your dress is as long as my dress = Your dress is as long as mine. (Váy của bạn dài bằng váy của tôi.)
2. So sánh hơn với tính từ và trạng từ.
a. So sánh hon với tính từ ngắn và trạng từ ngắn:
✓ Cấu trúc:
S + be/ V + adj/ adv-er + than + ...
Ví dụ:
- This book is thicker than that one. (Cuốn sách này dày hơn cuốn sách kia.)
- They work harder than I do. = They work harder than me. (Họ làm việc chăm chỉ hơn tôi.)
b. So sánh hơn với tính từ dài và trạng từ dài:
✓ Cấu trúc:
S1 + more + adj/ adv + than + ...
Ví dụ:
- He is more intelligent than I am. = He is more intelligent than me. (Anh ấy thông minh hơn tôi.)
- My friend did the test more carefully than I did. = My friend did the test more carefully than me.
(Bạn tôi làm bài kiểm tra cẩn thận hơn tôi.)
3. So sánh nhất với tính từ và trạng từ.
+ So sánh hơn nhất với tính từ ngắn và trạng từ ngắn:
✓ Cấu trúc:
S + V + the + adj-est/ adv-est
Ví dụ:
- It is the darkest time in my life. (Đó là khoảng thời gian tăm tối nhất trong cuộc đời tôi.)
- He runs the fastest in my class. (Anh ấy chạy nhanh nhất lớp tôi.)
+ So sánh hơn nhất đối với tính từ dài và trạng từ dài:
✓ Cấu trúc:
S + V + the most + adj/ adv
Ví dụ:
- She is the most beautiful girl I’ve ever met. (Cô ấy là cô gái xinh nhất mà tôi từng gặp.)
- He drives the most carelessly among US. (Anh ấy lái xe ẩu nhất trong số chúng tôi.)
➢ Chú ý:
+ Một số tính từ có 2 âm tiết nhưng có tận cùng là “y, le, ow, er” khi sử dụng ở so sánh hơn hay so sánh
hơn nhất ta áp dụng cấu trúc so sánh hơn của tính từ ngắn.
Tính từ So sánh hơn So sánh hơn nhất
happy happier the happiest
simple simpler the simplest
narrow narrower the narrowest
clever cleverer the cleverest
Ví dụ:
- Now they are happier than they were before. (Bây giờ họ hạnh phúc hơn trước kia.)
1
Ta thấy “happy” là một tính từ có 2 âm tiết nhưng khi sử dụng so sánh hơn, ta sử dụng cấu trúc so sánh
hơn của tính từ ngắn.
+ Một số tính từ và trạng từ bất quy tắc.
Tính từ/ Trạng từ So sánh hơn So sánh hơn nhất
good/well better the best
bad/ badly worse the worst
much/ many more the most
a little/ little less the least
far farther/ further the farthest/ furthest
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Give the correct form of the adjectives and adverbs in brackets.
1. This chair is (comfortable) than that one.
2. You flat is (large) than mine.
3. The weather today is (hot) than it was yesterday.
4. The Nile is (long) river in the world.
5. Chinese bicycles are (bad) than Japanese ones.
6. Mathematics is (difficult) than English.
7. Ho Chi Minh is (big) city in Vietnam.
8. He drives (carefully) than his friend.
9. She sings (beautifully) in this school.
10. I read (slow) than my sister.
Exercise 2: Give the correct form of the adjectives and adverbs in brackets.
1. Grace is (old) girl in our class.
2. This exercise is (easy) than that one.
3. He is twice (fat) you.
4. Nam is (noisy) student of all.
5. My cold is (good) today than it was yesterday.
6. A new house is (expensive) . than an old one.
7. Of the four ties, I like the red one (well) .
8. Nobody is (happy) than Miss Snow.
9. Today English is (international) of languages.
10. John is (strong) as I thought.
Exercise 3: Choose the correct answers.
1. Hotels have developed restaurants.
A. as rapidly as B. so rapidly as C. as rapid as D. more rapid
2. Can Tho bridge is the one in the South of Vietnam.
A. long B. shortest C. longest D. longer
3. Albert Einstein’s contributions to scientific theory were those of Gelileo and Newton.
A. important than B. more important C. the most important D. as important as
4. Impalas cannot move as cheetahs but they are more efficient runners.
A. faster than B. fast as C. fast D. are fast as
5. Of the two shirts, this one is .
A. the prettiest B. the most pretty C. prettier D. the prettier
6. The test is not .
A. as difficult as it was last month B. so difficult as it was last month
C. more difficult as it was last month D. Both A and B are correct.
7. Peter cannot earn his wife.
A. as many money as B. as much money as
C. as many more than D. as much money than
8. Of the five students, Mary is .
2
A. more intelligent B. the more intelligent
C. most intelligent D. the most intelligent
9. Steel is than wood.
A. more heavy B. as heavy C. heavier D. more heavier
10. A supermarket is a shopping center.
A. less convenient as B. less convenient than
C. not so convenient than D. the most convenient as
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers.
1. Tim's grades are than John.
A. worse B. worst C. as bad D. so bad
2. Ms. Jones isn’t as nice Ms. Smith.
A. as B. for C. like D. to
3. The rooms in Graduate Towers are Patterson Hall.
A. larger than B. larger than that of
C. larger than those in D. larger than in
4. Tuition at an American university runs six thousand dollars a semester.
A. so high as B. as high to C. as high as D. as high than
5. Everyone looks much today than they did yesterday.
A. happy B. happily C. more happily D. happier
6. Mr. Brown receives a salary than anyone else in the company.
A. big B. more bigger C. bigger D. the bigger
7. The Boeing 747 is twice the Boeing 707.
A. bigger than B. as bigger as C. as big as D. more bigger than
8. “Do you know that beautiful lady over there?” “Yes, that’s Maria. She’s in her group.”
A. more beautiful than any girl B. more beautiful than any other girl
C. so beautiful as other girl D. beautiful more than another girl
9. My young brother grew very quickly and soon he was my mother.
A. more big than B. so big than C. as big as D. too big than
10. Dianna is the of the three sisters.
A. more short B. shorter C. shortest D. more short
Exercise 6: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning, beginning as available.
1. Yesterday the temperature was nine degrees. Today it’s only six degrees.
It is
2. The journey takes four hours by car and five hours by train.
It takes
3. We were very busy at work today. We are not as busy as that every day.
We
4. Jane cooks better than her sister.
Jane’s
5. Tom is the best football player in this team.
Nobody in this team
6. They understand more than we do.
We
7. It is much more difficult to speak English than to speak French.
To speak
8. My interview lasted longer than yours.
Your interview
9. When I was younger, I used to go climbing more than 1 do now.
Now

3
 10. Your coffee is not as good as mine.
My coffee
Exercise 7: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. Richard feels good than several days ago.
2. Mary and Daisy are both intelligent students. Mary is so intelligent as Daisy.
3. I found the conversation as most interesting and I was glad to practice my English.
4. The Caspian Sea, a salt lake, is largest than any other lakes in the world.
5. He drives the car more dangerous than his brother does.
6. It was the most biggest building that I had ever seen.
7. I wish my house were so large as John’s.
8. The Mekong is one of the longer rivers in the world.
9. She can play the piano more good than her sister.
10. Many people believe that New York is the most great city in America.
Exercise 8: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. Jessica is only an amateur, but she sings well than most professionals.
2. This house is more spacious as that white house I bought in Rapid City, South Dakota last year.
3. Lan is the more capable of the three girls who have tried out for the part in the play.
4. This telephone isn’t as cheap so the other one, but it work much better.
5. Stories are the most good way of teaching moral lessons to young people.
6. This exercise is much more easier than the others.
7. London is much more exciting as I expected.
8. That brown chair is most comfortable than this one.
9. Lan is the most pretty of all the girls.
10. Does your country have worse weather as this?

A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. She speaks English as ................. as her friend does.
A. good B. well C. better D. the best
Question 2. It’s ................. to go by bus than by car.
A. cheaper B. cheapest C. more cheap D. more cheaper
Question 3. The test is not ................. difficult ................. it was last year.
A. as / as B. so / as
C. more / as D. A and B are correct
Question 4. He works more ................. than she does.
A. slow B. slowly C. slowest D. most slowly
Question 5. This hotel must be ................. in this city.
A. expensive B. more expensive
C. the most expensive D. the more expensive
Question 6. This river is ................. than that river.
A. narrow B. narrowest C. narrower D. most narrow
Question 7. Did you know your English teacher and your mother are the same .................?
A. age B. oldness C. old D. older
Question 8. This hotel was ................. that one we had stayed at before.
A. more expensive than B. more expensive as
C. most expensive than D. better expensive than
Question 9. Today is the ................. day of the month.
A. hot B. hotter C. hottest D. hottest than
Question 10. Her illness is ................. than we thought at first.
4
 A. bad B. worst C. badly D. worse
II. Fill in the correct form of the adjectives in brackets (comparative or superlative).
Question 11. This chair is _______________ than the old one. (comfortable)
Question 12. Trains are _______________ than planes. (slow)
Question 13. I bought the _______________ car I could afford. (expensive)
Question 14. In this classroom there are _______________ girls than boys. (many)
Question 15. Ann is the _______________ child in the family. (young)
Question 16. That TV set is the _______________ of all. (cheap)
Question 17. This place is _______________ than that one. (safe)
Question 18. Lisa is _______________ than Kate. (pretty)
Question 19. This is the _______________ film I have ever seen. (exciting)
Question 20. Tom is _______________ than Peter. (talented)
III. Complete the sentences with the correct comparative form of the words from the box.
bad - important - crowded - high - heavy - difficult - expensive - easy - thin - cold
Question 21. In Canada, January is ___________________ than February.
Question 22. I think that good health is ___________________ than money.
Question 23. I can’t carry my suitcase. It’s ___________________ than yours.
Question 24. A car is ___________________ than a bike.
Question 25. You look _________________ than the last time I saw you. Have you lost weight?
Question 26. I couldn’t get a seat in the restaurant. It was ___________________ than usual.
Question 27. Mountains are ___________________ than hills.
Question 28. He got good marks in the exam. The exam was ___________________ than he had expected.
Question 29. I think you should go to the doctor. Your cold is ___________________ than it was a few days ago.
Question 30. I don’t understand this lesson. It is ___________________ than I think.

5
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 4: CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT (REPORTED SPEECH)
Câu tường thuật được dùng để tường thuật lại một lời nói của ai đó.
1. Một số lưu ý khi chuyển từ câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp
- Sự chuyển đổi về thì.
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp
hiện tại đơn quá khứ đơn
hiện tại tiếp diễn quá khứ tiếp diễn
hiện tại hoàn thành quá khứ hoàn thành
quá khứ đơn quá khứ hoàn thành
quá khứ tiếp diễn quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn
quá khứ hoàn thành quá khứ hoàn thành
can could
will would
shall should
may might
must had to
- Sự chuyển đổi của các trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn.
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp
Today that day
Tonight that night
Now then
Ago before
Yesterday the day before
last week the week before next week/ the week after
tomorrow the day after
this that
these those
here there
➢ Chú ý: Đa phần các động từ tường thuật đều ở quá khứ. Tuy vậy, đôi khi động từ tường thuật có thể ở
thì hiện tại. Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại thì ta không lùi thì. Ngoài ra ta phải chuyển đổi ngôi
sao cho phù hợp với từng tình huống.
Ví dụ: Tom said “I will go to England tomorrow”.
→ Tom said (that) he would go to England the next day.
Ví dụ: Mary says ‘I am from England”.
→ Mary says (that) she is from England
2. Các dạng câu tường thuật.
a. Câu khẳng định và phủ định
Động từ tường thuật thường là said/told.
Ví dụ: He said, “I have seen her today.”
→ He said (that) he had seen her that day.
Ví dụ: The teacher said to Peter, “The prize was not given to you.”
→ The teacher told Peter (that) the prize had not been given to him.
➢ Chú ý: said to → told
b. Câu hỏi
Động từ tường thuật thường là asked/ wondered/ wanted to know
- Với dạng câu Yes/ No question.
Ví dụ: She asked me, “Do you like reading books?”
1
 → She asked me if I liked reading books.
Ví dụ: He said, “Can you speak English, Mary?”
→ He asked Mary whether she could speak English.
- Với dạng câu Wh question.
Ví dụ: He said, “What is her name?”
→ He asked what her name was.
Ví dụ: She said to him, “Where do you live?”
→ She asked him where he lived.
c. Câu mệnh lệnh, yêu cầu, đề nghị, lời khuyên ...:
Động từ tường thuật thường là told/ asked/ ordered/ commanded, requested
Khẳng định: S + asked/ told + O + to V-inf
Phủ định: S + asked/ told + O + not to V-inf
Ví dụ: The teacher said, “Answer the question, Nam.”
→ The teacher told Nam to answer the question.
Ví dụ: Nam said to his friend, “Don’t shut the door.”
→ Nam asked his friend not to shut the door.
d. Câu cảm thán (Exclamation)
Câu cảm thán bắt đầu bằng What + (a/an) .../ hoặc How + ...! thường được thuật lại bằng động từ exlaim/
say that.
Ví dụ: What a lovely garden!
→ She exclaimed/ said that it was a lovely garden.
Or She exclaimed/ said that the garden was lovely.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Change into reported speech: normal type.
1. Nam said, “I was at school after 7 o’clock last night.”
→
2. Thu said, “All the students will have a meeting next week.”
→
3. Phong said, “My parents are very proud of my good marks”
→
4. The teacher said, “All the homework must be done carefully”
→
5. Her brother said to her “You can go to the movie with your friend”
→
6. Hoa said, “I may visit my parents in the summer”
→
7. The teacher said, “We can collect old books for the poor students”
→
8. She said, “My mother doesn’t buy this book”
→
9. The boys said, “We have to try our best to win the match”
→
10. Her classmate said “Lan is the most intelligent girl in our class”
Exercise 2: Change into reported speech: normal type.
1. They told us “Our friends will get the award for their highest scores”
→
2. He said “I will go to school by bus tomorrow”
2
→
3. Phong said “I need to learn more vocabulary”
→
4. His brother told him “You can use my computer today”
→
5. Mai said “I cannot go to the movies with you, Nam”
→
6. Tom said “I have already had breakfast, so I am not hungry”
→
7. I said to Nick “You don’t have to do it right now. You can do it tomorrow”
→
8. He said to them “Your supervisor will be here in five minutes.”
→
9. She said to me “I want to lend you my bike, but my brother has broken it yesterday. I’m so sorry.”
→
10. Mother said to me “The sun rises in the East.”
→
Exercise 3: Change into reported speech: question: yes/no question.
1. “Do you enjoy reading?” Phong asked Peter
→
2. “Does she like sports?” Hoa asked Lan
→
3. “Do your sister and brother go to the same school?” She asked Nam
→
4. “Are there some oranges in the fridge?” She asked her mom
→
5. “Will it rain tomorrow morning?” He asked his friend
→
6. “Did you go to Hue three years ago?” Tam asked Peter
→
7. “Are Tam and Hoa late for class?” Tuan asked Lan
→
8. She said to me, “Can you speak Chinese?”
→
9. “Will she be here for five days?” Tam asked Thu
→
10. “Were you reading this book at 8 o’clock last Sunday?” She asked Ba
→
Exercise 4: Change into reported speech: question: wh-question.
1. “Where does your father work?” The teacher asked me
2. “How many people are there in your family?” She asked Lan
→
3. Tam’s friend asked him “How long will you stay in England?”
→
4. “How many oranges are there in the fridge?” Tam asked Lien
→
5. The teacher said to Lien, “What is your hobby?”
→
6. “How do you go to the airport?” His friend asked him
→
3
7. “How much does this dress cost?” Lan asked Mai
→
8. Ba asked Tam, “How often do you wash your clothes?”
→
9. “When will your father leave Vietnam for USA?” Phong asked Thu
→
10. “How many books do the students need?” The librarian asked my teacher
→
Exercise 5: Change into reported speech: request.
1. Teacher to John “Write that exercise carefully”
Teachers requested
2. Mrs. Green said “Please sing at our party, Mary”
Mrs. Green invited
3. Teacher to John “Be careful. Think before you answer”
Teachers requested
4. Tom “Read my exercise, John, and tell me if it is correct”
Tom requested
5. She said to him, “Give me another glass of wine”
She requested
6. “It is cold here, is the window open?” He asked me.
He requested
7. The pupil said “Teacher, give us better marks, please”
The pupil requested
8. “What a dirty face you have!” Ann said to her son.
Ann requested
9. “Don’t come back before one o’clock” advised my brother
My brother advised
10. “Can you tell me where the bus station is” she said to me
She asked
Exercise 6: Change into reported speech: request.
1. “It is a very nice evening. Why don’t we go out for a walk?” Mrs. Brown suggested
→
2. “Why don’t we come to visit our teacher today?” he said (suggest)
→
3. “My advice to you is to do morning exercises” she said (advise)
→
4. “Be modest if you are a good pupil” said my father
→
5. “Don’t forget to send your parents my regards” she said to me.
→
6. “Have you got shampoo, Alice? I must wash my hair.” Johnny asked
→
7. “Do as I tell you or you will be punished. I will teach you who the master in this house is,” he said.
→
8. “I shouldn’t do that if I were you. Isn’t it very dangerous” he said
→
9. Mary said, “I cannot go to the movie with you, John”
→
10. “Shut the door but don’t lock it” she said to us.
4
 A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. The visitor asked me where I _________ from.
A. come B. coming C. to come D. came
Question 2. Ms. Nga wanted to know what time _________
A. the movie began B. the movie begins
C. does the movie begin D. did the movie begin
Question 3. Mary said she _________ there the day before.
A. is B. had been C. will be D. would be
Question 4. Mai asked Quang _________.
A. when he will come back B. when he would come back
C. when he comes back D. when he is coming back
Question 5. She told me _________ her up at six o’clock.
A. please pick B. to pick C. should pick D. I can pick
Question 6. Hung said that his girlfriend and he _________ married _________.
A. were getting / tomorrow B. are getting / the next day
C. were getting/ the next day D. will get/ the day after
Question 7. He asked me when _________ there.
A. did you arrive B. will you arrive
C. I had arrived D. I will arrive
Question 8. Mr. David said _________ her the night before.
A. I didn’t see B. I hadn’t seen C. he didn’t see D. he hadn’t seen
Question 9. Julia said that she _________ there at noon.
A. is going to be B. was going to be C. will be D. can be
Question 10. Tom _________ that his mother was in hospital
A. told me B. told to me C. said me D. asked me
II. Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction.
Question 11. I (A) asked him how far (B) was it from my school to the post office (C) if I went there (D) by taxi.
Question 12. They asked me (A) that I (B) could do (C) some shopping (D) with them.
Question 13. Her mother (A) told her (B) do not go out with (C) him the day (D) before.
Question 14. She said (A) that the books (B) in the library (C) would be available (D) tomorrow.
Question 15. He (A) asked her (B) thinking about that example (C) again because it needed (D) correcting.

III. Rewrite the following sentences in reported speech.

Question 16. The teacher said to Nam “Come into my office, please”.
→ The teacher told _______________________________________________________
Question 17. “I want to go shopping with you this afternoon”, Nga said to her brother.
→ Nga said to ___________________________________________________________
Question 18. “My sister wants to be a singer” said he.
→ He said ______________________________________________________________
Question 19. “I will buy a new bike next week”, she said.
→ She said _____________________________________________________________
Question 20. “I don’t know what Mai is doing now”, she said.
→ She said _____________________________________________________________
Question 21. “Don’t forget to send your parents my regards”, Lan said.
→ Lan told _____________________________________________________________
Question 22. Mary said “I can go to the movies with you, John”
→ Mary said to __________________________________________________________
Question 23. Linh said to her friend “Turn off the light before going out”
→ Linh asked ___________________________________________________________
Question 24. I said to him “Stay at home”
→ I told ________________________________________________________________
Question 25. My mother said to the kids “Stop fighting”
→ My mother told _______________________________________________________
Question 26. The teacher said “Don’t make noise in the class”
→ The teacher asked me ___________________________________________________
Question 27. “I can speak English well” said his mother.
→ His mother said _______________________________________________________
Question 28. The child said to the beggar “Are you very poor?”
5
→ The child asked _______________________________________________________
Question 29. He said to Lan “I will visit Ha Long Bay”
→ He said to ____________________________________________________________
Question 30. The police asked “Where did you stay last night?”
→ The police asked ______________________________________________________

6
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 5: REPORTED SPEECH.
(CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT)
CÁC NGUYÊN TẮC CHUNG
1. Thay đổi động từ trong câu tường thuật
Động từ tường thuật là động từ giới thiệu câu nói trực tiếp hay câu nói gián tiếp. Khi đổi từ câu trực
tiếp sang câu gián tiếp, động từ tường thuật được thay đổi tùy theo trường hợp cụ thể. Dưới đây là
các động tường thuật dùng trong câu:
Said → said that
Said to sb → told sb
Ex: - He said, “I am twenty years old.”
He said that he was twenty years old.
- He said to me, “I work in a factory.”
He told me that he worked in a factory.
2. Thay đổi thì trong câu tường thuật:
Khi động từ tường thuật ở các thì quá khứ, chúng ta đổi thì trong câu gián tiếp như sau:

Simple present (V(s/es)) → Simple past (V2/ed )

Simple past (V2/ed) → Past perfect ( had + V3/ed )
Simple future (will/ shall + V0 ) → Future in the past ( would/ should + V0 )
Present continuous (am/is/are + V-ing) → Past continuous (was/ were + V-ing )
Past continuous (was/were + V-ing) → Past perfect continuous / past continuous
Future continuous (will + be + V-ing) → Future continuous in the past (would + be + V-ing)
Present perfect (have/has + V3/ed) → Past perfect (had + V3/ed)
Past perfect (had + V3/ed) → Past perfect (had + V3/ed)
Future perfect (will + have + V3/ed) → Future perfect in the past (would + have + V3/ed)
Can → could
May → might
Must → had to
Ex: He said, “I am a taxi driver.”
He said that he was a taxi driver.
He said, “I am living in London.”
He said that he was living in London.
He said, “I have visited many famous places.”
He said that he had visited many famous places.
He said, “I visited The Great Wall in China.”
He said that he had visited The Great Wall in China.
He said, “I will look for a better job.”
He said he would look for a better job.
“I must go now,” Alice said. → Alice said that he had to go at that time.
She said, “I can swim.”
She said she could swim.
3. Thay đổi về đại từ nhân xưng, đại từ sở hữu, tính từ sở hữu:

Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp

Ngôi thứ nhất Đôỉ thành ngôi của người nói (cùng ngôi với chủ từ
trong mệnh đề chính
Ngôi thứ hai Đổi thành ngôi của người nghe (cùng ngôi với tân ngữ
trong mệnh đề chính)
Ngôi thứ ba Không thay đổi

Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302

 Ex: He said, “I like my job.”
He said that he like his job.
He said to me, “You look like my sister.”
He told me that I looked like his siter.
4. Thay đổi từ chỉ định, các trạng từ và cụm từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn:

DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH

This that
These those
Now then, at that time, immediately
Here there
Today that day
Ago before
Yesterday the day before, the previous day
Tomorrow the next day, the following day, the day after
this year / month / week that year / month / week
last year / month / week the year / month / week before;
the previous year / month / week.
next year / month / week the year / month / week after;
the following year / month / week.
a year / month / week ago a year / month / week before;
a year / month / week earlier
The day before yesterday Two days before
The day after tomorrow Two days after

Ex: He said, “I am working hard today.”

He said that he was working hard that day.
They said, “We went to work late yesterday.”
They said that they had gone to work late the day before.

* LƯU Ý: Các trường hợp KHÔNG thay đổi thì trong câu tường thuật:
a. Câu điều kiện loại 2 và 3
Nếu câu nói trực tiếp là câu điều kiện loại 2 và loại 3, ta chỉ thay đổi các đại từ, tình từ…mà không
đổi thì trong câu.
Ex: “If I were older, I would retire.”, he said.
He said if he were older, he would retire.
“If I had heard the whole story, I would have acted differently”, he said
He said that if he had heard the whole story, he would have acted differently.
b. Câu trực tiếp diễn tả một chân lí, hay một thói quen ở hiện tại.
Nếu câu nói trực tiếp nói về một sự thật, một chân lí hay một thói quen thường xuyên lặp đi, lập lại
ở hiện tại, khi đổi sang câu gián tiếp ta phải giữ nguyên thì của câu trực tiếp.
Ex 1: Trực tiếp: The teacher said, “The earth moves round the Sun”
Gián tiếp: The teacher said that The earth moves round the Sun.
Ex 2: Trực tiếp: My wife always drinks coffee for breakfast.
Gián tiếp: He said that his wife always drinks coffee for breakfast.

c. Động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại đơn, hiện tại tiếp diễn, hiện tại hoàn thành, tương lai.
Nếu động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại đơn, hiện tại tiếp diễn, hiện tại hoàn thành, tương lai, khi đổi
sang câu gián tiếp, ta không thay đổi thì và các cum trạng từ và cụm từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn,
mà chỉ thay đổi các đại từ hay tính từ…
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
Ex: He says/ He is saying/ He has said/ He will say, “The bus is coming.” → He says the bus is
coming.
d. Không thay đổ thì của động từ trong câu gián tiếp nếu có thời gian xác định trong quá khứ.
Ex. She said, ‘‘I was born in 1980’’
She said that she was born in 1980
e. Các động từ khiếm khuyết: could, would, might, ought to, should thường không thay đổi
trong câu tường thuật.
Ex. He said, ‘I might come’
He said that He might come’
- Khi tường thuật mệnh đề ước muốn: “wish’
Ex: He said; “I wish I had a lot of money”
→ He wishes (that) he had a lot of money
- Khi tường thuật cấu trúc: “It’s (high/ about) time”
Ex: She said; “It’s about time you went to bed; children”
→ She told her children that It’s about time they went to bed

I . REPORTED SPEECH: STATEMENTS (Câu trần thuật)

Ta dùng động từ say hoặc tell để tường thuật:

* S + said + (that) + S + V
* S + told + O + (that) + S + V

Ex: He said, “I have just bought a computer today.”

He said that he had just bought a computer that day.
Linda said, “There is someone at the door, Bill.”
Linda told Bill that there was someone at the door.

II. REPORTED SPEECH: QUESTIONS (Câu hỏi)

a. Yes-No questions: Khi đổi sang câu gián tiếp, ta cần thêm if hoặc whether trước chủ từ của câu
hỏi được tường thuật:
* S + asked + (O) + if / whether + S + V
* S + wondered + if /whether + S + V
* S + wanted to know + if /whether + S +V
Ex:
He said to me, “Are you from Canada?”
He asked me if/whether I was from Canada.
The man said to her, “Did Bill tell you my address?”
The man asked her if/whether Bill had told her his address.
The girl said, “Do you live near here, David?”
She asked David if/whether he lived near there.
b. Wh – Questions: Các câu hỏi bắt đầu bằng một từ để hỏi như: who, when, where, when, why,
how…,

Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302

 * S + asked + (O) + wh -word + S + V
* S + wondered + wh - word + S + V
* S + wanted to know + wh - word + S + V

Ex: He said to them, “Where are you going?”

He asked them where they were going.
The teacher said, “When do you do your homework, Tom?”
The teacher asked Tom when he did his homework.
The tourist said to me, “How often does the train get in?”
The tourist asked me how often the train got in.
III. REPORTED SPEECH: COMMANDS/ORDERS/REQUESTS (Câu mệnh lệnh/Câu đề
nghị)
Ta dung động từ ask hoặc tell để tường thuật:
* S + told/asked + O + to V(inf)
* S + told /asked+ O + not + to V(inf)

EX:
• Dick said to Jim: “Please open the window.” → Dick told Jim to open the window.
• Mother said, “Tim, go to bed early.” → Mother told Tim to go to bed early.
• Father said to Liz: “Don’t come home late.” → Father told Liz not to come home late.
• Mary angrily said: “Never smoke in my room.” → Mary told us not to smoke in her room.
• “Would you turn on the radio, please?” She asked. → She asked me to turn on the radio.
• “Could you lend me some money, please?” He asked. →He asked me to lend him some money.

Tóm tắt Câu gián tiếp

Statements * S + said + (that) + S + V
(Câu phát biểu) * S + told + O + (that) + S + V
Commands * S + told/asked + O + to V(inf)
(Câu mệnh lệnh) * S + told /asked+ O + not + to V0
Wh-questions * S + asked + (O) + wh-… + S + V
(Câu hỏi nội dung) * S + wondered + wh-… + S + V
* S + wanted to know + wh-… + S + V
Yes-no questions * S + asked + (O) + if / whether + S + V
(Câu hỏi có không) * S + wondered + if /whether + S + V
* S + wanted to know + if / whether + S + V

EXERCISES
EXERCISE 1: Change the following sentences into the Reported Speech

EXERCISES (REPORTED SPEECH: STATEMENTS)

1. Nam said “I am told to be at school before 7 o’clock”
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. Thomas said “All the students will have a meeting next week”
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. She said “My parents are very proud of my good marks”
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. The teacher said “All the homework must be done carefully”
_____________________________________________________________________________
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
5. Her father said to her “You can go to the movie with your friend”
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. She said “I may visit my parents in summer”
_____________________________________________________________________________
7. The teacher said “We can collect old book for the poor students”
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. She said “I don’t buy this book”
_____________________________________________________________________________
9. The boys said “We have to try our best to win the match”
_____________________________________________________________________________
10. Her classmate said “Ha is the most intelligent girl in our class”
_____________________________________________________________________________

EXERCISES (REPORTED SPEECH: YES/NO QUESTIONS)

1. “Do you enjoy reading?” Mike asked Peter
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. “Do you like sports?” Hang asked Nam
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. “Do your sister and brother go to the same school?” She asked Nam
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. “Are there some oranges in the fridge?” She asked her mom
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. “Will it rain tomorrow morning?” He asked his friend
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. “Did you go to Hue three years ago?” Tam asked Peter
_____________________________________________________________________________
7. “Are Tam and Hoa late for class?” Tuan asked Lan
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. She said to me “Can you speak Chinese?”
_____________________________________________________________________________
9. “Will you be here for five days?” Tam asked Thu
_____________________________________________________________________________
10. “Were you reading this book at 8 o’clock last Sunday?” She asked Ba
_____________________________________________________________________________

EXERCISES (REPORTED SPEECH: WH-QUESTIONS)

1. “Where does your father work?” The teacher asked me
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. “How many people are there in your family?” She asked John
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. Tam’s friend asked him “How long will you stay in England?”
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. “What time doesthe film begin?” She asked her mom
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. The teacher said to Lien “What‘s your hobby?”
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. “How do you go to the airport?” His friend asked him
_____________________________________________________________________________
7. “How much does this dress cost?” Ann asked her mother
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. Mary asked David “How often do you wash your clothes?”
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
_____________________________________________________________________________
9. “When will your father leave Vietnam for the USA?” Phong asked Thu
_____________________________________________________________________________
10. “How many books do the students need?” The librarian asked my teacher
_____________________________________________________________________________

EXERCISES (REPORTED SPEECH: CONDITIONAL SENTENCES).

1. “If I had any money I'd buy you a drink,” she said to me.
She told me _______________________________________________________________
2. “If I catch the plane I'll be home by five,” he said.
He said if _________________________________________________________________
3. “You should stay in bed if you feel unwell.” my mother said.
My mother said that if _______________________________________________________
4. “What would you do if you were having a problem with grammar, Jane?” Anne asked.
Anne asked Jane what she ____________________________________________________
5. “If I'd had my mobile yesterday, I could have contacted you,” Matthew said.
Matthew said if he __________________________________________________________
6. “If I were you, I'd stop smoking,” she said to her brother.
She advised _______________________________________________________________
7. “If the baby is a girl what will they call her?” he wondered.
He wondered what _________________________________________________________
8. “If I don't practise my English I won't get any better,” she said.
She said if she _____________________________________________________________
9. “I'd have been in bad trouble if Jane hadn't helped me,” he said.
He said he ________________________________________________________________
10. “If the door is clocked what shall I do?” she asked.
She asked what she _________________________________________________________

EXERCISES: REPORTED SPEECH WITH INFINITIVE

1. “I’ll wait for you. I promise,” he said to me.
He promised __________________________________________________________________
2. “Please, please turn off the T.V, John,” said Tom.
Tom begged __________________________________________________________________
3. His mother said to him: “Open the window please!”
His mother told _______________________________________________________________
4. He said to me: “Shut the door after you”.
He told ______________________________________________________________________
5. The captain said to them: “Wait here still I come back”.
The captain ordered ____________________________________________________________
6. “Mr. Brown, this is Miss White,” he said.
He introduced _________________________________________________________________
7. He said to me: “Don’t come back before one o’clock”.
He asked ______________________________________________________________________
8. My mother said: “Don’t forget to lock the door”.
My mother told ________________________________________________________________
9. “Don’t touch that switch, Peter.” I said
I warned_____________________________________________________________________
10. “Come and have dinner with us” Rosy said to John.
Rosy persuaded _______________________________________________________________
11. “Remember to write to me soon,” she said to me.
She reminded _________________________________________________________________
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
12. “You’d better spend more time learning to write,” I said to the boy.
I advised _____________________________________________________________________
13. “Don’t lean your bicycle against my windows, boys,” said the shopkeeper.
The shopkeeper warned _________________________________________________________
14. Would you like me to help you with the cooking, Tom?” Laura said.
Laura offered ________________________________________________________________
15. Would you like to go camping with us next weekend?” said John to Ann.
John invited _________________________________________________________________

EXERCISES: REPORTED SPEECH WITH GERUND

1. “Shall we go for a swim now?”

She suggested _______________________________________________________________
2. “I know I’m wrong,” he said.
He admitted_________________________________________________________________
3. “I didn’t say that,” He said.
He denied__________________________________________________________________
4. “If only I had told him the true!”
Jane regrets_________________________________________________________________
5. “I haven’t finished the assignment yet. I’m really sorry”.
The boy apologized __________________________________________________________
6. “It’s you who took my bag,” said the man to the boy.
The man accused ____________________________________________________________
7. “No, no .I really must sit for the test.”
She insisted on ______________________________________________________________
8. “What I always want is to become a doctor,” she said.
She dreamt _________________________________________________________________
9. “I can’t let you use the mobile phone,” his mother said.
His mother prevented _________________________________________________________
10. “It’s really nice of you to visit me,” she said to him.
She thanked ________________________________________________________________
11. “I like the car. I’ll buy it.”
The woman thought __________________________________________________________
12. “I feel like going to America soon.”
She looked forward to ________________________________________________________
13. “Whatever you do, don’t walk on the grass” the safeguard said to the tourists.
The safeguard warned ________________________________________________________
14. “It was you and only you who stole the cake from the fridge” my mother told my sister.
My mother accused __________________________________________________________
15. “I’m sorry that I broke the glass,” said Peter.
Peter apologized ____________________________________________________________

EXERCISE 2: Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
answer to each of the following questions.
1. “I’ll tell you about this tomorrow, Mary.” said Tom.
A. Tom said to Mary that he will tell her about that the next day.
B. Tom told Mary that I would tell you about that the next day.
C. Tom told Mary that he would tell her about that the next day.
D. Tom told Mary that she would tell him about that the next day.
2. “I have something to tell you” Mary said to John.
A. Mary told John I had something to tell him.
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
 B. Mary told John she had something to tell him.
C. Mary told John she had had something to tell him.
D. Mary told John he had had something to tell her.
3. He said, “My wife has just bought a diamond ring.”
A. He said that his wife had just bought a diamond ring.
B. He said that my wife had just bought a diamond ring.
C. He said that his wife has just bought a diamond ring.
D. he said that his wife just bought a diamond ring.
4. “I will come with you as soon as I am ready”, she said to Philip.
A. She said to Philip he will come to see you as soon as he I am ready.
B. She told Philip she will come to see her as soon as she was ready.
C. She told Philip she would come to see you as soon as she was ready.
D. She told Philip she would come to see him as soon as she was ready.
5. “I wrote to him yesterday”
A. She said to me I wrote to him the day before.
B. She told me she wrote to him yesterday.
C. She told me she had written to him yesterday.
D. She told me she had written to him the day before.
6. “He is talking to your sister”, She said to me.
A. She told me he was talking to your sister. B. She told me she was talking to my sister.
C. She told me he was talking to my sister. D. She told me he was talking to her sister.
7. “It is the time to check what you have done”, the father said to the boys.
A. The father said to the boys it was time to check what they had done.
B. The father told the boys it was time to check what they had done.
C. The father told the boys it was time to check what they have done.
D. The father told the boys it is time to check what they had done.
8. “You will like my sister when you meet her”
A. He told me you will like her sister when you meet her.
B. He told me I will like his sister when I met her.
C. He told me I would like his sister when I met her.
D. He told me I would be liked his sister when I met her.
9. “I didn’t meet Susan last week”
A. He said he didn’t meet Susan the week before.
B. He said he hasn’t met Susan last week.
C. He said he hadn’t met Susan last week.
D. He said he hadn’t met Susan the week before.
10. “I didn’t break your watch”
A. The boy told the girl he hadn’t broken her watch.
B. The boy told the girl he didn’t break her watch.
C. The boy asked the girl he hadn’t broken her watch.
D. The boy told the girl he hadn’t broken your watch.
11. The mother told her son ______ so impolitely.
A. not behaving B. not to behave C. did not behave D. not behave
12. She said she _________ collect it for me after work.
A. would B. did C. will D. had
13. He asked me where I ______________.
A. have studied B. study C. am studying D. studied
14. The man wanted to avoid __________ on security cameras.
A. to see B. being seen C. seeing D. to be seen
15. Peter said that he had lived in London four years ________ .
A. then B. ago C. before D. later
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
16. John asked me _______________ in English.
A. what does this word mean B. what that word means
C. what did this word mean D. what that word meant
17. The host asked her _______________ tea or coffee.
A. whether she liked B. that she liked
C. if she likes D. whether she like
18. My friend asked me who _______________ the piano in the sitting room.
A. was playing B. plays C. is playing D. has played
19. The teacher told his students _______________ laughing.
A. would stop B. to stop C. stop D. stopped
20. Mary asked me ________________.
A. whether I would watch the football match on TV the day before.
B. whether I watched the football match on TV the day before.
C. If I had watch the football match on TV the day before.
D. whether I had watched the football match on TV the day before.
21. He asked _______________ him some money.
A. her to lend B. her lending C. she has lent D. she lends
22. Jennifer asked me where _______________ the week before.
A. had I gone B. did I go C. I had gone D. was I going
23. Tom asked me ________.
A. if was I having a good time last year
C. if would I have a good time the year before
B. whether I had had a good time the year before
D. whether I have had a good time the year before
24. Do you know where _______?
A. he lives B. did he live C. does he live D. he live
25. She asked me __________ the seat ___________ or not
A. If / had occupied B. Whether / was occupied
C. If / has been occupied D. Whether / occupied
26. The policeman asked us ______________
A. had any of us seen the accident happen
C. Whether any of us had seen the accident happen
B. If had any of us seen the accident happen
D. that if any of us had seen the accident happen
27. I asked him ___________, but he said nothing
A. what the matter was B. what was the matter
C. the matter was what D. what’s the matter was
28. James___________ him up when the bus reached the square
A. told me wake B. asked me to wake
C. said me to wake D. requested me waking
29. Excuse me. Could you tell me___________ ?
A. what time is it B. what is the time
C. what time it is D. it is what time
30. We wonder___________ from his office after that scandal
A. why did he not resign B. why he did not resign
C. why he not resign D. why didn’t he resign
31. Jeff wanted to know ___________
A. that why were his friends laughing B. why were his friends laughing
C. why his friends were laughing D. the reason why his friends laughing
32. Mr. Hawk told me that he would give me his answer the ___________ day
A. previous B. following C. before D. last
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
 33. She ___________ him whether he liked the steak she cooked
A. asks B. wondered C. wanted to know D. asked
34. His neighbors sometimes wondered ___________ he did for a living
A. why B. when C. where D. what
35. Could you please tell me ___________?
A. It is how far to the nearest bus stop B. how far is it to the nearest bus stop
C. how far to the nearest bus stop is it D. how far it is to the nearest bus stop
36. Marigold wondered ___________ Kevin and Ruth would be at the party
A. that B. whether C. if D. B& C
37. He asked me___________
A. How long I have studied English B. How long had I studied English
C. How long I had study English D. How long I had studied English
38. The passenger asked ___________ we landed
A. what B. when C. if D. why
39. She asked Nam what ___________ in that room.
A. he is doing B. he was doing C. was he doing D. she was doing
40. “I didn’t take your calculator”, Bob said to Mary .
A. Bob told Mary he hadn’t taken her calculator
B. Bob told Mary I didn’t take your calculator
C. Bob told Mary he haven’t taken her calculator
D. Bob told Mary he had taken her calculator

EXERCISE 3: Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to show the underlined part that needs
correction.
1. Mrs. Emmanuelle told to Alice to give her a hand.
A B C D
2. John said the taxi driver to turn left at the first traffic lights.
A B C D
3. Mary ordered John if he could carry her suitcase, please.
A B C D
4. Johnson Nancy Lee asked me if would I like to have dinner with her.
A B C D
5. Hoa asked Lan whether did she like sports or not.
A B C D
6. Ba told to Tuan if he could ride his bicycle to school.
A B C D
7. Phong asked Peter whether he enjoys reading books or not.
A B C D
8. Mary promised her boy friend that she would expect to see him next Wednesday.
A B C D
9. A tourist asked how far was it from Ho Chi Minh City to Hue.
A B C D
10. He asked Lan how many people there are in her family.
A B C D
11. Minh’s friends asked him how long would he stay in Paris.
A B C D
12. She asked me if he wants to buy any second-hand books.
A B C D
13. He wanted to know Hong if would have time to play badminton regularly.
A B C D
14. My mother told me that I work very ha rd.
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
 A B C D
15. He said they had a lift very often but it doesn’t work.
A B C D
16. The teacher asked me if I could answer this question.
A B C D
17. I asked his mother if he went to work by bus or not.
A B C D
18. He promised me he’ll come with you as soon as he was ready.
A B C D
19. My brother said he must to write some letters then.
A B C D
20. Peter asked me did not to stay up late and advised me to go to bed early.
A B C D

MỘT SỐ TRƯỜNG HỢP CẦN LƯU Ý:

I. CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ THEO SAU LÀ TO-INFINITIVE
1. Tường thuật mệnh lệnh: told sb (not) to do sth.
“Put your books away,” said the teacher.
 The teacher told us to put our books away.
2. Tường thuật lời yêu cầu: asked sb (not) to do sth.
“Please, don’t smoke in this room,” said the clerk.
 The clerk asked me not to smokr in that room.
3. Tường thuật lời khuyên: advised sb (not) to do sth.
“If I were you, I wouldn’t drink so much wine,” he said.
 He advised me not to drink so much wine.
4. Tường thuật lời hứa: promised to do sth.
“ I’ll give you a hand, if you like,” said Darian.
 Darain promised to give me a hand, if I liked.
5. Tường thuật lời đe dọa: threaten to do sth’.
“Get out or I’ll call the police,” said the woman.
 The woman threatened to call the police if he didn’t get out.
6. Tường thuật lời cảnh báo: warned sb (not) to do sth.
“Don’t touch that wire,” he said.
 He warned me not to touch that wire.
7. Tường thuật lời mời: invited sb to do sth.
“Come for inner with us tonight, will you?” Bill said.
 Bill invited me to come for dinner with them that night.
8. Tường thuật lời nhắc nhở: remindered sb to do sth.
“Remember to pot my letter on your way,” Wendy said.
 Wendy reminded me to post her letter on my way.
9. Tường thuật lời động viên: encouraged sb to so sth.
“Go heard, you must enter for the contest, Jill!” said Pam.
 Pam encouraged Jill to enter for the contest.
10. Tường thuật lời khẩn cầu: begged sb to do sth.
“Please, do me a favor,” said the beggar to Carol.
 The beggar begged Carol to do him a favor.
11. Tường thuật lời tự nguyện: offered to do sth.
“Shall I help you with the housework?” said Tim to hiss wife.
 Tim offered to help his wife with the housework.
12. Tường thuật sự đồng ý: agreed to do sth.
“OK, I’ll take you to work in my car, Sue” said Carl.
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
 Carl agreed to take Sue to work in his car.

II. CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT VỚI ĐỘNG TỪ THEO SAU LÀ GERUND

1. Tường thuật lời buộc tội: accused sb of doing sth.
“You damaged my new laptop, Dan,”said Susan.
 Suasan accused Dan of damaging her new laptop.
2. Tường thuật lời thú nhận: admitted doing/having done sth.
“I didn’t tell you he truth, Ron,” said Kim.
 Kim admitted not telling/not having told Ron the truth.
3. Tường thuật lời phủ nhận: denied doing/having done sth.
“I didn’t break that vase,” said Tom.
 Tom denided breaking /having broken that vase.
4. Tường thuật lời xin lỗi: apolozied (to sb) for doing sth.
“I’m sorry I’ve kept you waiting,” said Amanda
 Amanda apolozied for having kept me waiting.
5. Tường thuật lời khen: congratulated sb on doing sth.
“Congratulations! You won the game!” said the principal.
The principal congratulated the students on winning the game.
6. Tường thuật lời nài nỉ, khăng khăng: insisted on doing sth.
“I must pay for this damage,” the man said.
 The man insisted on paying for that weekend.
7. Tường thuật lời đề nghị: suggested doing sth.
“Let’s have a picnic this weekend,” Maud suggested.
 Maud suggested having a pinic that weekend.
8. Tường thuật lời cảm ơn: thanked sb for (doing sth).
“Thank you very much for your advice,” he said.
 He thanked me for my advice.
9. Tường thuật lời cảnh báo: warned sb against (doing) sth.
“Don’t invest in that business,” said my lawyer.
 My lawyer warned me against investing into hat business.
10. Tường thuật lời đỗ lỗi: blamed sb for (doing) sth.
“You are responsible for this failure,” said the director.
 The director blamed his deputy for that failure.
11. Tường thuật lời thú nhận: confessed to (doing) sth.
“It was me who stole the money,” said Jack.
 Jack confessed to stealing the money.
12. Câu cảm thán trong lời nói gián tiếp: (Exclamation in reported speech)
- Động từ tường thuật là: exclaim/shout
Ex: He said, “What a lovely garden they have”
He exclaimed that they had a lovely garden.
- Các hình thức cảm thán bắt đầu bằng “what’ và “how” chuyển sang gián tiếp bằng:
He said that it was … / hoặc He exclaimed that it was …
Ex 1: She said; “What a pity!” (Direct speech) -> She exclaimed that it was a pity
Ex 2: I said; “What a nice horse” -> I exclaimed that it was a nice horse
Ex 3: He said; “How beautiful she is!” -> He exclaimed that she was beautiful!
Ex 4: “What a big egg” he said -> He said that it was a big egg.
Ex 5: “How dreadful!” he said -> He exclaimed that it was dreadful.

BẢNG TÓM TẮT

1. Một số độnh từ dùng để tường thuật infinitive:
Promise + to V0: hứa
Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302
Agree + to V0 : đồng ý
Offer + to V0: ngỏ ý
Refuse + to V0: từ chối
Threaten + to V0: đe dọa
Beg sb + to V0 : van xin, cầu xin
Command sb + to V0 : lệnh
Forbid sb + to V0: cấm
Order sb + to V0: ra lệnh
Recommend sb + to V0: giới thiệu, đề nghị
Request sb + to V0: yêu cầu
Urge sb + to V0 : nài nỉ, cố thuyết phục
Advise sb + to V0 : khuyên
Ask sb + to V0 : yêu cầu ai làm gì
Encourage sb + to V0 : khuyến khích
Remind sb + to V0 : nhắc nhở
Invite sb + to V0 : mời
Tell sb + to V0 : bảo
Warn sb + (not) to V0 : cảnh báo

2. Một số động từ dùng để tường thuật Gerund:

admit + Ving : thừa nhận đã làm việc gì
deny + Ving: phủ nhận đã làm việc gì
suggest + Ving: đề nghị làm việc gì
apologise (to sb) for + Ving: xin lỗi (ai)vì đã làm gì
insist on + Ving : khăng khăng đòi làm gì
dream of + Ving: mơ tưởng trở thành
think of + Ving : nghĩ tới ai/cái gì
look forward to + Ving: mong đợi
accuse sb of Ving: buộc tội ai về việc gì.
congratulate sb on Ving: chúc mừng ai về
warn sb against Ving: khuyến cáo (ai) đừng làm điều gì
thank sb for Ving : cảm ơn ai về việc gì
prevent sb from Ving: Ngăn ai khỏi việc gì

****************************************

Nguyễn Hải Bường Tel: 0972704302

 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 5: CÂU AO ƯỚC (WISH AND IF ONLY)
Mệnh đề sau wish và if only diễn tả một điều không có thật, cấu trúc của wish và if only như sau
1. Diễn tả điều ước không có thật ở tương lai.
S + wish + S + would/ could + V
Ví dụ: She wishes Tom would be here tomorrow.
If only Tom would be here tomorrow.
2. Diễn tả điều ước không có thật ở hiện tại.
S + wish + S + Ved/ V2
(be → were)
Ví dụ: I wish Mary were here now. (Mary isn’t here now.)
If only I had more money. (I don't have money.)
3. Diễn tả điều ước không có thật ở quá khứ.
S + wish + S + had + PII
Ví dụ: We wish he had passed her exam last year. (He didn’t pass the exam last year)
If only you hadn’t told her about our plan. (You told her about our plan)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. I wish I (live) near my school.
2. If only I (know) her address.
3. I wish I (be) taller.
4. I wish I (meet) her now.
5. If only he (not leave) here.
6. She wishes she (finish) her homework last night.
7. I wish they (come) here last Sunday .
8. I wish they (visit) us last week.
9. She wishes she (spend) her holiday at the seaside last weekend.
10. I wish the weather (be not) hot yesterday.
Exercise 2: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. I wish I (be) a doctor when I grow up
2. They wish it (not rain) tomorrow
3. If only we (not have) a test next Tuesday.
4. I wish it (be) fine on the party next week.
5. I wish tomorrow (be) a beautiful day.
6. I wish I (have) a lot of interesting book.
7. I wish I (meet) her tomorrow.
8. She wishes she (come) here to visit us next month.
9. I am too busy. I wish I (have) more time to take care of my family.
10. If only Miss Hoa (come) here and stay with us next week.
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning, beginning as available.
1. I have to study.
I
2. We had a lot of homework yesterday.
If
3. It was very cold last night.
I
4. They work slowly.
If
1
5. She doesn’t join in the trip.
She
6. I am not good at English.
If
7. He doesn’t like playing sports.
He
8. I don’t have a computer.
If
9. Today isn’t a holiday.
I
10. I can’t sing this song.
If
Exercise 4: Rewrite the sentences with wish or if only.
1. He was punished by his mother.
→
2. They won’t come here again.
→
3. I may not go on a camping trip.
→
4. I can’t play basketball.
→
5. I would like to have a bigger house.
→
6. I would like them to keep quiet.
→
7. You have to clean the floor after meals.
→
8. I’m sorry that I didn’t do homework last night.
→
9. It’s a pity that you didn’t tell me about that.
→
10. I regret staying up late last night.
→
Exercise 5: Correct the incorrect part of each sentence.
1. She wish she could speak English well.
→
2. If only it didn’t rained.
→
3. I wish I was a doctor to save people.
→
4. I wish I have more time to work.
→
5. He wishes it didn’t rain two days ago.
→
6. If only my father gives up smoking.
→
7. I wish I studied very well last year.
2
→
8. I wish you will come to my party next week.
→
9. I wish it stops raining now.
→
10. She wishes she is the most beautiful girl in the world.
→
Exercise 6: Correct the incorrect part of each sentence.
1. I wish I am at home with my family now.
→
2. If only I could been there with you in those days.
→
3. She wishes she could go home now.
→
4. I wish I take more care of my skin when I was younger.
→
5. If only I have more money for plastic surgery, I could do so much.
→
6. The doctor wishes he didn’t work so many shifts last week.
→
7. The doctor wishes the patient stops complaining.
→
8. I have never permitted to stay outside after 10 p.m. If only I have more freedom.
→
9. Look at those children. If only you don’t have that many children.
→
10. I wish I will be famous one day.
→
Exercise 7: Choose the correct answers.
1. She wishes her father here now to help her.
A. are B. were C. was D. would be
2. I wish they us when they were in town.
A. visit B. visited C. will visit D. had visited
3. I wish someone me a job next month.
A. would give B. would be given C. will give D. give
4. If only I the trip to Hanoi with her next summer.
A. will take B. takes C. could take D. took
5. I wish they the truth yesterday.
A. had know B. had known C. knew D. known
6. I wish I that film on TV again.
A. saw B. seen C. had seen D. would see
7. We wish she our teacher of English.
A. was B. were C. be D. would be
8. My brother wishes he time when he was young.
A. does not waste B. do not waste C. wasted D. had not wasted
9. They wish they to class on time yesterday morning.
A. had come B. had came C. have came D. came
10. I wish I my last summer vacation in the mountains.
A. will spend B. would spend C. had spent D. spent
3
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 6: USED TO; BE/ GET USED TO + V-ING
1. Ôn tập lại cấu trúc Used to
1.1 Used to + Verb: Đã từng, từng. Chỉ một thói quen, một hành động thường xuyên xảy ra trong quá
khứ và bây giờ không còn nữa.
Ví dụ:
I used to smoke a packet a day but I stopped two years ago.
(trước đây tôi hút 1 gói thuốc 1 ngày nhưng từ 2 năm trở lại đây tôi không hút thuốc nữa)
I used to drive to work but now I take the bus.
(Trước đây tôi thường lái xe đi làm nhưng hiện nay tôi đi làm bằng xe buýt).
1.2 To be used to + V-ing/ Noun: Trở nên quen với..
Ví dụ:
I’m used to living on my own. I've done it for quite a long time.
(Tôi thường ở 1 mình, và tôi đã ở một mình được một khoảng thời gian khá lâu).
Hans has lived in England for over a year so he is used to driving on the left now.
(Hans đã sống ở Anh hơn 1 năm rồi nên giờ anh ấy quen lái xe bên tay trái)
1.3 to get used to + V-ing/ noun: Đang quen với việc gì.
Ví dụ:
She has started working nights and is still getting used to sleeping during the day.
(Cô ấy bắt đầu làm việc vào ban đêm và dần quen với việc ngủ suốt ngày).
I have always lived in the country but now I'm beginning to get used to living in the city. (Tôi luôn
sống ở miền quê nhưng giờ đây tôi bắt đầu dần quen với việc sống ở thành phố).
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Put the verbs in brackets into the forms.
1. When I was a child, I (dream) of being an astronaut.
2. I'm terribly nervous. I (not speak) to a large audience.
3. It took us ages to (live) in an apartment house.
4. Lots of trains (stop) here, but not many do now.
5. (Nick/ not/ work) on a building site when he was a child?
6. I'll have an orange juice, please. I (not drink) alcohol.
7. David doesn't seem to mind being in hospital. I suppose he’s (be) there.
8. When Laura was at college, she (have) a picture of Elvis Presley on her bedroom wall.
9. There (be) a cinema here but it was knocked down a few years ago.
10. When she arrived in Britain, she (not drive) on the left, but she soon got used to it.
Exercise 2: Put the verbs in brackets into the forms.
1. (work) on a building site when he was young?
2. I will have an orange juice, please. I (not drink) alcohol.
3. When Laura was at college, she (have) a picture of Elvis Presley on her bedroom wall.
4. There (be) a cinema here but it was knocked down a few years ago.
5. When she arrived in Britain, she (not/drive) on the left, but she soon got used to it.
6. I (live) in Finland, but now I live in France.
7. I (sit) at this desk. I sit here every day.
8. People (believe) the earth was flat.
9. Trains (be) the main means of cross-continental travel. Today, most people take airplanes for
long-distance travel.
10. Ms. Stanton’s job requires her to travel extensively throughout the world. She (travel) by
plane.
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. I had a lot of money but I lost it all when my business failed.
→
1
2. I quite like classical music now, although I wasn't keen on it when I was younger.
→
3. I seem have lost interest in my work.
→
4. My brother had his hair cut short when he joined the army.
→
5. Dennis gave up smoking three years ago.
→
6. My parents lived in the USA when they were young.
→
7. Jim was my best friend, but we aren't friends any more.
→
8. When he was younger, my uncle was a national swimming champion.
→
9. I eat ice-cream now, but I disliked eating it when I was a child.
→
10. I worked in London three years ago. Now I stay at home.
→
Exercise 4: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. He used to being fat but now he's thin
2. He isn't used to work in these bad conditions.
3. How did you getting used to working in the middle of this mess.
4. Did you used to write poems when you were young?
5. I need some time to be get used to living in this town.
6. Sting was used to be a teacher before he became a famous singer.
7. I'm not used to wash linen by hand.
8. She'll get used to be living in the extremely cold winter of Siberia.
9. My mother didn't use to drinking much coffee. But now she has become addicted to it.
10. There did used to be a lot of trees in this court yard. They have all been cut down.
Exercise 5: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. When I started to work here I needed a lot of help, but now I am used to do all the work on my own.
2. He used to reading several books a month, but he doesn't have time any more.
3. We were surprised to see her driving - she didn’t use to drive when we first met her.
4. Don't worry, it's a simple program to use. You got used to it in no time, I'm sure.
5. When I have to commute to work every day I used to get up very early.
6. I'm afraid I'll never get use to living in this place. I simply don't like it and never will.
7. Whenever we came to Coventry we used always to stay in the Central Hotel. We loved it.
8. When Peter Smith was the head of our office everything was used to be well organized. Now it's total
chaos here.
9. Mr. Lazy was shocked when he joined our busy company because he wasn’t getting used to doing
much work every day.
10. At first the employees didn't liked the new open-space office, but in the end they got used to it.
Exercise 6: Choose the correct answers.
1. When I was a child, I like ice-cream, but I don't like it now.
A. am used to B. used to C. use D. am used for
2. Shampoo washing your hair.
A. is used to B. gets used to C. is used for D. uses
3. I wearing glasses.
A. am used to B. used to C. use D. am used for
4. We live in the capital now but we live in a small village.
2
A. used to B. are used to C. use D. get used to
5. Gold making jewelries.
A. gets used to B. uses C. used to D. is used for
6. Cheques and credit cards storing wealth.
A. used to B. don’t get used to C. is not used to D. is used for
7. The baby getting up early.
A. used to B. don’t get used to C. is not used to D. is used for
8. Jack doesn’t smoke anymore but he smoke 20 cigarettes a day.
A. uses B. is used to C. is used for D. used to
9. Money buy food, furniture and other things.
A. is used for B. used to C. uses D. is used to
10. She usually dictionary to find the meaning of difficult words.
A. is used to B. is used for C. used to D. uses
Exercise 7: Match each part in column A with each part in column B.
A B
1 I used to eat a lot of chocolate but A I often used to go to the theater.
2 Paul used to work in London but B now I find him a bit boring.
3 He used to take the train to work but C now I’m on a diet.
4 When I was younger, I didn’t use to each D now he drives.
cheese but
5 When I lived in the city, E now he drives a very boring family car.
6 They used to go to a very traditional school F where they wore a uniform.
7 I used to really enjoy his company but G when we were children.
8 She used to play the piano but H now he works in Seattle.
9 We used to go to the beach for our holidays I now she plays the guitar
10 He used to have a motorbike but J now I eat a lot.

3
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 7: CÁC KlỂU CÂU ĐỀ NGHỊ (SUGGESTIONS)
Có nhiều cách để đưa ra một câu đề nghị trong tiếng Anh. Thông thường nhất là các mẫu câu sau:
Suggestions Responses
- Let’s + V ... - Yes, let’s.
- Shall we + V ...? - Good idea.
- Why don’t we/ you + V ...? - That’s a good idea.

- What about/ How about + V-ing/ Noun ...?

- S + suggest + V-ing/ N...
- S + suggest + S + should + V ...
Ví dụ:
- Let’s go fishing this weekend. (Ngày cuối tuần này chúng ta đi câu nhé.)
- Lets study together. (Chúng ta hãy cùng nhau học.)
- Let’s help that old man. (Chúng ta hãy giúp ông ấy.)
- What about going to the library? (Chúng ta đến thư viện nhé.)
- What about practising speaking English? (Chúng ta tập nói tiếng Anh nhé.).
- Why don’t we study together? (Chúng ta học chung với nhau nhé.)
- Why don’t we go swimming, instead? (Thay vào đó chúng ta đi bơi nhé.)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Choose the best option to complete the following sentences.
1. Why don’t we a hiking trip tomorrow?
A. take B. taking C. to take
2. It’s boring. Let’s some sports.
A. playing B. to play C. play
3. I want to buy some clothes. How about shopping tonight?
A. go B. going C. to go
4. I’ve bought a new pair of rackets. playing badminton?
A. Shall we B. What about C. Let’s
5. There is a new interesting film on TV tonight. you come and see with me?
A. Why don’t B. Shall C. Should
6. What should we do this weekend? we go camping?
A. Why don’t you B. How about C. Shall
7. It’s nice today. go roller-skating.
A. How about B. Let’s C. Shall
8. It’s so cold! go to the cafe over there and get a hot drink.
A. Would you like B. What about C. Let’s
9. - I’m so tired.
- going sailing this weekend?
A. How about B. Let’s C. Shall we
10. There is a new swimming pool near our school. go swimming tomorrow?
A. Why don’t we B. Shall C. what about
11. Why go to a museum?
A. don’t we B. don’t we to C. don’t
12. Let’s for a meal.
A. to go out B. going out C. go out
13. How about this weekend?
A. to visit B. visit C. visiting friends
14. Why to the movies tonight?
A. don't go B. don't you go C. not you go
15. to the travel agent's this afternoon to book our ticket.
1
A. Let's going B. Let's to go C. Let's go
Exercise 2: Match each sentence in column A with each sentence in column B.

A B
1 Shall we go fishing? A That’s very kind of you, but I really have to
get back now.
2 Let’s go for a walk. B What about taking part in a guitar class?
3 Why don’t you stay here tonight? C How about staying at home and watching a
romantic movie.
4 How about going to the movie? D It sounds great. I like movies.
5 Let’s go bowling tonight. E That’s a good idea.
6 I’m hungry. F Why don’t you give her a doll?
7 It’s raining now. G Sorry, I can't. I’m meeting a friend for dinner.
8 It’s my friend’s birthday next week. H Let’s have a picnic.
9 The weather is nice. I Why don’t you eat some cupcakes?
10 I’m interested in playing the guitar J Sorry, I don't think that is a good idea. It’s
too hot.
Exercise 3: Complete each sentence with one word.
1. Hi, Alex. you like to go to the cinema with me?
2. can we do this evening?
3. We all love Chinese food so about the restaurant in Oxford Street.
4. It’s warm and sunny; go to the beach.
5. I would like to go running. you don’t come with me?
6. meet at the gym at 5 o’clock.
7. celebrating your birthday at the pub?
8. I have some free days; we go to visit Amsterdam.
9. I’m bored. go to the bowling alley.
10. Diana, I that you tidy your bedroom.
Exercise 4: Complete the conversation with given words/ phrase.

Shall How about How about How about Let’s

Let’s would you like to Why don’t you Let’s How about
1. Hey Jim, go to the movies with us?
2. So, we all want Italian, right? that restaurant near the beach?
3. What can we do this evening? we watch the game in a bar?
4. A: It's so hot in here! open the window?
5. Helen called and said she's going for a walk. going with her?
6. I'd like to do something different this weekend go sailing!
7. A: What shall we do?
B: I don't know... It's not very warm and it looks as if it's going to start raining a play? I think
there's a new one in the auditorium.
8. A: Next month we have some days off. Is there anything special you want to do?
B: Yes!! go to Madrid! The Cirque du Soleil's new show will be there that week!
9. It's warm and sunny, go roller-skating!
10. A: Would you like to go shopping on Saturday?
B: I can't, I don't have much money right now. hiking? The weather is really nice... and it's
cheaper!
2
Exercise 5: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. I suggest (play) football in the schoolyard.
2. His father suggests that he (go) to Ha Long Bay this summer vacation.
3. Tom suggested that we (help) our mom make cakes.
4. When we went out yesterday, my mom suggested (bring) umbrella in case it rained.
5. My sister suggests I (clean) my room before my mother comes back.
6. My teacher suggests that all students (finish) all homework before class.
7. His friends suggest he (take) this opportunity to enhance his skills.
8. "(be) more careful", my mom suggested.
9. Her boyfriend suggests (go) to the cinema to relax at the weekend.
10. It’s warm, so I suggest (go) swimming.
11. It’s snowing outside. My brother suggests (make) a snowman.
12. To prepare for the test, she suggests (study) in the library.
13. Tim suggested I (be) creative and flexible in dealing with this problem.
14. His teacher suggests that he (keep) quiet in the class.
15. Her friend suggested (look) after the child more carefully.
Exercise 6: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. Let’s doing something nice at weekend.
2. Why don’t we to go to a movie this evening?
3. Let’s go not to the movie at weekend. It is always so crowded at that time.
4. What don’t we meet at the restaurant in front of the park?
5. I don’t think we should not be going to enjoy Chinese food.
6. Let’s go gets some coffee. I’m so sleepy.
7. I thinked your idea is fantastic.
8. She suggests me not to enroll in Harvard University.
9. Why don’t me come with you tonight? It will be safer then.
10. How for having a supper? I’m hungry.
ANSWER KEY
Exercise 1: Choose the best option to complete the following sentences.
1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A
6. C 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. A
11. A 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. C
Exercise 2: Match each sentence in column A with each sentence in column B.
1. E 2. J 3. A 4. D 5. G
6. I 7. C 8. F 9. H 10. B
Exercise 3: Complete each sentence with one word.
1. Would 2. What 3. What 4. Let’s 5. Why
6. Let’s 7. What about 8. should 9. Let’s 10. suggest
Exercise 4: Complete the conversation with given words/ phrase.
1. would you like to 6. Let’s
2. How about 7. How about
3. Shall 8. Let’s
4. Why don’t you 9. Let’s
5. How about 10. How about
Exercise 5: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. playing 6. finish 11. making
2. go 7. should take 12. studying
3. help 8. Be 13. should be
3
4. bringing 9. going 14. keep
5. should clean 10. going 15. looking
Exercise 6: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. doing 2. to go 3. go not 4. What 5. should not
6. sets 7. thinked 8. to enroll 9. me 10. for
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 7: CÁC KlỂU CÂU ĐỀ NGHỊ (SUGGESTIONS)
Có nhiều cách để đưa ra một câu đề nghị trong tiếng Anh. Thông thường nhất là các mẫu câu sau:
Suggestions Responses
- Let’s + V ... - Yes, let’s.
- Shall we + V ...? - Good idea.
- Why don’t we/ you + V ...? - That’s a good idea.

- What about/ How about + V-ing/ Noun ...?

- S + suggest + V-ing/ N...
- S + suggest + S + should + V ...
Ví dụ:
- Let’s go fishing this weekend. (Ngày cuối tuần này chúng ta đi câu nhé.)
- Lets study together. (Chúng ta hãy cùng nhau học.)
- Let’s help that old man. (Chúng ta hãy giúp ông ấy.)
- What about going to the library? (Chúng ta đến thư viện nhé.)
- What about practising speaking English? (Chúng ta tập nói tiếng Anh nhé.).
- Why don’t we study together? (Chúng ta học chung với nhau nhé.)
- Why don’t we go swimming, instead? (Thay vào đó chúng ta đi bơi nhé.)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Choose the best option to complete the following sentences.
1. Why don’t we a hiking trip tomorrow?
A. take B. taking C. to take
2. It’s boring. Let’s some sports.
A. playing B. to play C. play
3. I want to buy some clothes. How about shopping tonight?
A. go B. going C. to go
4. I’ve bought a new pair of rackets. playing badminton?
A. Shall we B. What about C. Let’s
5. There is a new interesting film on TV tonight. you come and see with me?
A. Why don’t B. Shall C. Should
6. What should we do this weekend? we go camping?
A. Why don’t you B. How about C. Shall
7. It’s nice today. go roller-skating.
A. How about B. Let’s C. Shall
8. It’s so cold! go to the cafe over there and get a hot drink.
A. Would you like B. What about C. Let’s
9. - I’m so tired.
- going sailing this weekend?
A. How about B. Let’s C. Shall we
10. There is a new swimming pool near our school. go swimming tomorrow?
A. Why don’t we B. Shall C. what about
11. Why go to a museum?
A. don’t we B. don’t we to C. don’t
12. Let’s for a meal.
4
A. to go out B. going out C. go out
13. How about this weekend?
A. to visit B. visit C. visiting friends
14. Why to the movies tonight?
A. don't go B. don't you go C. not you go
15. to the travel agent's this afternoon to book our ticket.
A. Let's going B. Let's to go C. Let's go
Exercise 2: Match each sentence in column A with each sentence in column B.

A B
1 Shall we go fishing? A That’s very kind of you, but I really have to
get back now.
2 Let’s go for a walk. B What about taking part in a guitar class?
3 Why don’t you stay here tonight? C How about staying at home and watching a
romantic movie.
4 How about going to the movie? D It sounds great. I like movies.
5 Let’s go bowling tonight. E That’s a good idea.
6 I’m hungry. F Why don’t you give her a doll?
7 It’s raining now. G Sorry, I can't. I’m meeting a friend for dinner.
8 It’s my friend’s birthday next week. H Let’s have a picnic.
9 The weather is nice. I Why don’t you eat some cupcakes?
10 I’m interested in playing the guitar J Sorry, I don't think that is a good idea. It’s
too hot.
Your answer:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Exercise 3: Complete each sentence with one word.
1. Hi, Alex. you like to go to the cinema with me?
2. can we do this evening?
3. We all love Chinese food so about the restaurant in Oxford Street.
4. It’s warm and sunny; go to the beach.
5. I would like to go running. you don’t come with me?
6. meet at the gym at 5 o’clock.
7. celebrating your birthday at the pub?
8. I have some free days; we go to visit Amsterdam.
9. I’m bored. go to the bowling alley.
10. Diana, I that you tidy your bedroom.
Exercise 4: Complete the conversation with given words/ phrase.

Shall How about How about How about Let’s

Let’s would you like to Why don’t you Let’s How about
1. Hey Jim, go to the movies with us?
2. So, we all want Italian, right? that restaurant near the beach?
3. What can we do this evening? we watch the game in a bar?
4. A: It's so hot in here! open the window?
5. Helen called and said she's going for a walk. going with her?
5
6. I'd like to do something different this weekend go sailing!
7. A: What shall we do?
B: I don't know... It's not very warm and it looks as if it's going to start raining a play? I think
there's a new one in the auditorium.
8. A: Next month we have some days off. Is there anything special you want to do?
B: Yes!! go to Madrid! The Cirque du Soleil's new show will be there that week!
9. It's warm and sunny, go roller-skating!
10. A: Would you like to go shopping on Saturday?
B: I can't, I don't have much money right now. hiking? The weather is really nice... and it's
cheaper!
Exercise 5: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. I suggest (play) football in the schoolyard.
2. His father suggests that he (go) to Ha Long Bay this summer vacation.
3. Tom suggested that we (help) our mom make cakes.
4. When we went out yesterday, my mom suggested (bring) umbrella in case it rained.
5. My sister suggests I (clean) my room before my mother comes back.
6. My teacher suggests that all students (finish) all homework before class.
7. His friends suggest he (take) this opportunity to enhance his skills.
8. "(be) more careful", my mom suggested.
9. Her boyfriend suggests (go) to the cinema to relax at the weekend.
10. It’s warm, so I suggest (go) swimming.
11. It’s snowing outside. My brother suggests (make) a snowman.
12. To prepare for the test, she suggests (study) in the library.
13. Tim suggested I (be) creative and flexible in dealing with this problem.
14. His teacher suggests that he (keep) quiet in the class.
15. Her friend suggested (look) after the child more carefully.
Exercise 6: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. Let’s doing something nice at weekend.
2. Why don’t we to go to a movie this evening?
3. Let’s go not to the movie at weekend. It is always so crowded at that time.
4. What don’t we meet at the restaurant in front of the park?
5. I don’t think we should not be going to enjoy Chinese food.
6. Let’s go gets some coffee. I’m so sleepy.
7. I thinked your idea is fantastic.
8. She suggests me not to enroll in Harvard University.
9. Why don’t me come with you tonight? It will be safer then.
10. How for having a supper? I’m hungry.
ANSWER KEY
Exercise 1: Choose the best option to complete the following sentences.
1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A
6. C 7. B 8. C 9. A 10. A
11. A 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. C
Exercise 2: Match each sentence in column A with each sentence in column B.
1. E 2. J 3. A 4. D 5. G
6. I 7. C 8. F 9. H 10. B
Exercise 3: Complete each sentence with one word.
1. Would 2. What 3. What 4. Let’s 5. Why
6. Let’s 7. What about 8. should 9. Let’s 10. suggest

6
Exercise 4: Complete the conversation with given words/ phrase.
1. would you like to 6. Let’s
2. How about 7. How about
3. Shall 8. Let’s
4. Why don’t you 9. Let’s
5. How about 10. How about
Exercise 5: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. playing 6. finish 11. making
2. go 7. should take 12. studying
3. help 8. Be 13. should be
4. bringing 9. going 14. keep
5. should clean 10. going 15. looking
Exercise 6: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. doing 2. to go 3. go not 4. What 5. should not
6. sets 7. thinked 8. to enroll 9. me 10. for

7
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 8: ADJ + TO V và ADJ + THAT + CLAUSE.
1. TÍNH TỪ + TO V:
+ Động từ nguyên mẫu (to-infinitive) thường được dùng:
- Sau các tính từ diễn tả phản ứng và cảm xúc như: glad, sorry, sad, delighted, pleased, happy, afraid,
anxious, surprised, shocked...
Ví dụ:
- Tom was surprised to see you. (Tom ngạc nhiên khi thấy hạn.)
- He's afraid to stay home alone at night (Anh ấy sợ ở nhà một mình vào ban đêm.)
- I'm very pleased to see you here. (Tôi rất vui mùng được gặp anh ở đây.)
- I was sorry to hear that your father is ill. (Tôi lấy làm tiếc khi nghe rằng cha của anh bị ốm.)
- Sau một số tính từ thông dụng khác như: right, wrong, easy, difficult, certain, welcome, careful,
important, interesting, lovely, ready, lucky, likely, good, hard, dangerous, safe..., và sau các tính từ
trong cấu trúc enough và too.
Ví dụ:
- He is difficult to understand. (Anh ay thật khó hiểu.)
- The apples are ripe enough to pick. (Những quá táo đã đủ chín để hái.)
- English is not difficult to learn. (Tiếng Anh thì không khó học.)
- Sau tính từ trong cấu trúc câu nhấn mạnh với chủ ngữ giả It: It + be + adjective + to- infinitive
Ví dụ:
- It's interesting to talk to you. (Nói chuyện với bạn thật là thú vị.)
- It's difficult to learn Japanese. (Học tiếng Nhật thì rất khó.)
2. ADJECTIVE + THAT-CLAUSE
+ Mệnh đề danh từ (noun clause) thường được dùng với các tính từ diễn tả xúc cảm, sự lo lắng, sự
tin tưởng,... Ví dụ: delighted, glad, pleased, relieved, sorry, afraid, anxious, worried, confident,
certain, surprising...
✓ Cấu trúc chung: Subject + be + adjective + that-clause
Ví dụ:
- I am delighted that you passed your exam. (Tôi rất vui vì anh đã vượt qua kỳ thi.)
- It was quite surprising that he passed the examination. (Thật đáng ngạc nhiên là anh ấy đã thi đậu.)
- I am afraid that I can't accept this assignment. (Tôi e rằng tôi không thể nhận nhiệm vụ này.)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Complete the sentences with available words.
see explain call feel learn
go play eat invest complete
1. It is normal to tired after a long trip.
2. It is difficult to the piano well.
3. It is impossible to this project in 24 hours.
4. It is not unusual to traffic jams in Hanoi.
5. It would be awkward to him again.
6. It is not easy to Japanese.
7. It is difficult to some grammatical rules.
8. It was important to clean and healthy food.
9. It is dangerous to out after midnight.
10. It is risky to too much money on lottery.
Exercise 2: Match each pair of sentences below, using structure S1 + be + adjective + that + S2 + V.
The first one has been done for you as an example.
0. He was shocked. He'd failed his exam.
He was shocked that he'd failed his exam.
1. They were excited. Their friend had given birth to a beautiful baby.
→
1
2. I'm quite pleased. You keep your promise.
→
3. We're happy. She had a successful surgery.
→
4. I was shocked. She married a shorter man than her.
→
5. She was upset. He had left without saying goodbye.
→
6. She was quite confident. Everything would go as planned.
→
7. He is proud. His daughter has so much talent.
→
8. I'm sorry. I can't join with you.
→
9. I'm afraid. The tickets have been sold out.
→
10. He was surprised. She pretended not to recognize him.
→
Exercise 3: Match each pair of sentences below, using structure S1 + be + adjective + that + S2 + V.
1. We are delighted. Everyone enjoys our homemade cakes.
→
2. He is so pleased. His parents are waiting at the school gate to take him home.
→
3. I am so happy. My brother got a safe flight.
→
4. We are afraid. We can't join the party with you.
→
5. I'm so sorry. I lost your favorite pen on my way home.
→
6. Thu was anxious. She has lost her identity card.
→
7. She is certain. Her son will be accepted to a high school for the gifted.
→
8. My father is upset. My brother wants to drop out of high school.
→
9. He is amazed. His colleagues celebrate his birthday in a fun way.
→
10. She was worried. Her father's surgery would be unsuccessful.
→
Exercise 4: Circle the correct answers.
1. I am grateful/ afraid that my teacher helps me improve my English quickly.
2. She was very helpful/ disappointed that he didn't keep his promise.
3. Tuan is angry/ glad that his parents live happily together.
4. They are not happy/ unhappy that they have to pay much money to buy food.
5. My sister was angry/ delighted that her boyfriend was too late to pick her up.
6. Everyone is amazed/ unlucky that we won the first prize.
7. I am important/ proud that I am Vietnamese.
8. He is pleased/ sad that his child waters the tree every morning.
2
9. We were thankful/ worried that we missed the last bus.
10. I am wrong/ interesting that I sincerely believe in what people say.
11. He was grateful/ true that she didn't tell his parents about the accident.
12. The teacher is very delighted/ afraid that her students are very hard-working.
13. I'm not unhappy/ surprised that a robber can do everything to rob money or properties.
14. She is relieved/ disappointed that her English result is not bad.
15. He was frightened/ lucky that he didn't suffer any side effects of drug overuse.
Exercise 5: Match each part in column A with each part in column B.
A B
1 The Smiths are delighted that A Our neighbor always makes loud noise at
night.
2 We are very angry that B Their salaries are paid on time.
3 She was worried that C Her motorbike is going to run out of gas.
4 He is amazed that D She couldn’t meet the deadline.
5 The policeman is happy that E I have a bought a bad mobile phone.
6 She is afraid that F They are blessed with excellent health and
five lovely children.
7 My little son is sorry that G My younger brother returned safely after
being kidnapped.
8 I’m thankful that H He finally arrested the murderer.
9 The employees are glad that I He has broken the vase.
10 I am disappointed that J His ex-girlfriend still remembers his birthday.

Exercise 6: Write sentences using available words.

1. difficult/ I/guess what will happen
→
2. impossible/ we/do this project in 24 hours
→
3. important/take a break twice a day
→
4. exciting/ we/take part in this party
→
5. likely/ it/get cold in the library
→
6. hard/know when a rat will get loose
→
7. good idea/put on your lab coat
→
8. pleasure/ we/have you here
→
9. honor/ we/work in this lab
→
10. pity/ your sister/not to participate in the competition
→
Exercise 7: Match each pair of sentences. The first one has been done for you as an example.
0. He's very scared. He can't move.
3
 He's too scared to move.
1. The pie is very hot. You can't eat it.
→
2. He's very sick. He can't leave the hospital.
→
3. The ice is dangerously thin. You can't walk on it.
→
4. He's very busy. He can't take a break.
→
5. The grass is extremely high. 1 can't mow it.
→
6. It's early. He can't go to bed yet.
→
7. The chair is very heavy. He can't lift it.
→
8. He's so tired. He can't do his homework.
→
9. These tomatoes are still green. You can't pick them yet.
→
10. He's very old. He can't go to elementary school.
→

4
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 9: TỪ ĐỊNH LƯỢNG (QUANTIFIER)
- Từ định lượng là những từ dùng để đề cập đến số lượng
- Một số từ và cụm từ chỉ số lượng lớn và nhỏ là:
Quantitative words Meaning
a lot of / lots of nhiều
a great deal of nhiều
a large amount of nhiều
a few một ít
few ít
a little một ít
little ít
many nhiều
much nhiều
1. A lot of / lots of, many và much
Những từ này đề cập đến số lượng lớn:
- A lot of và lots of được dùng với danh từ số nhiều hoặc danh từ không đếm được trong câu xác định.
Ví dụ:
- There are a lot of bananas in the fridge.
- Learning a foreign language needs lots of time.
- Many được dùng với danh từ số nhiều và much dùng trước danh từ không đếm được
Ví dụ:
- I do not have many French books.
- Schools leavers do not give much thought to the jobs of their choice.
- Many và Much cũng có thể được dùng sau các từ very, so, too, as và how trong câu xác định, câu phủ
định và câu hỏi.
- She put too much salt in the soup.
- He made so many mistakes in his writing.
- How much of the roof needs repairing?
- How many students are there in your class?
- A great deal of / a large amount of được dùng với danh từ không đếm được
Ví dụ: A great deal of learners' attention should be paid to the uses of English tenses.
A large number of được dùng với danh từ số nhiều
Ví dụ: A large number of rare animals disappear nowadays.
2. A few, few, a little và little
A few và a little đề cập đến số lượng nhỏ. Những từ này được dùng chủ yếu trong câu xác định. A few
được dùng trước danh từ số nhiều và a little dùng trước danh từ không đếm được.
Ví dụ:
- There are a few students in the room.
- There is a little sugar in the jar.
- Few và little mang nghĩa phủ định
Ví dụ:
- I feel sory for her. She has few friends. (She has almost no friend)
(Tôi thấy đáng tiếc cho cô ấy. Cô ấy hầu như không có bạn bè.)
- I have little money. I don't even have enough money to buy food for dinner.
(I have almost no money)
(Tôi cạn túi rồi. Thậm chí tôi không còn đủ tiền để mua thức ăn tối nữa)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

1
Exercise 1: Complete the sentences with some or any.
1. We didn't buy flowers.
2. This evening I'm going out with friends of mine.
3. I didn't have money, so I had to borrow
4. Can I have milk on my coffee, please?
5. I was too tired to do work.
6. Have you seen good films recently?
7. Can you give me information about places of interest in the town?
8. With the special tourist train ticket, you can travel on train you like.
9. If there are words you don't understand, use a dictionary.
10. She went out without money.
Exercise 2: Complete the conversation. Put in many or much.
Matthew: There are (1) athletes taking part in the International Games in London. There's
been (2) coverage in the papers.
Daniel: Our runners haven't won (3) medals, have they?
Matthew: No, not as (4) as last time. But there is plenty of time. There are still (5)
events to come. I'd like to go and see some of the track events, but I haven't got (6)
time at the moment.
Daniel: No, not with exams coming up. We're having so (7) lessons to study. There is still
having so (8) work to prioritize.
Matthew: I'm hoping to go at the weekend if I can get a ticket. Apparently there aren't (9)
seats left.
Daniel: I've heard the cheapest tickets are $25,1 think that's too (10)
Exercise 3: Put in a few, few, a little or little.
1. I don't think I can lift this box on my own. I need help.
2. tourists visited Northern Ireland in the 1980s because of the terrorism there.
3. The postman doesn't often come here. We receive letters.
4. The snow was quite deep. There seemed hope of completing our journey.
5. Trevor doesn't find it easy to fix the shelves. He's having trouble.
6. Very people knew about it, just you and me.
7. The forces were unequal, they were many, we were
8. Much heard about the book, but read it.
9. He is a man of words
10. I could speak Swedish, but I wasn’t very fluent.
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers.
1. We didn’t take photographs when we were on holiday.
A. much B. a lot of C. many of D. a great deal of
2. the students in my class enjoy taking part in social activities.
A. Most of B. Most C. Many D. The number of
3. He’s always busy. He has time to relax.
A. much B. little C. a little D. plenty of
4. She put so salt in the soup that she couldn’t have it. It was too salty.
A. many B. little C. much D. a little
5. We had a boring holiday. the time we lay on the beach.
A. Most B. Much C. Most of D. Many of
6. How students are there in your class?
A. little B. few C. much D. many
7. I feel sorry for her. She has friends.
A. many B. a few C. few D. a great deal of
8. I spent my spare time gardening last year.
A. most of B. most C. many of D. a large number of
2
9. He doesn’t have so friends as I think.
A. much B. a great deal of C. many D. a large number of
10. With only hope, Harry didn’t know how to keep going another day.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
Exercise 5: Choose the correct answers.
1. How money have you got?
A. many B. much C. a lot of D. a great deal of
2. I think you are very tired after your long journey.
A. many B. much C. many of D. much of
3. There isn’t shampoo in the bathroom.
A. any B. some C. little D. few
4. Would you like tea?
A. many B. some C. a few D. any
5. The mixture looks rather dry. Maybe you should add water.
A. a few B. few C. a little D. little
6. We’re having a big party. We’ve invited friends.
A. a lot of B. much C. many of D. no
7. Could I try wine?
A. few B. a few C. little D. a little
8. Don’t drink wine. It’s bad for your health.
A. so much B. a few C. so many D. many
9. Is there water in the glass?
A. lots of B. some C. many D. any
10. Can you speak French? - Yes,
A. a few B. few C. a little D. little
Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with suitable quantifiers.
1. I have money, not enough to buy groceries.
2. She has , enough to buy a ticket.
3. There is too traffic on the street at rush hours.
4. There were too people in the hall last night.
5. Do you know people in this neighborhood?
6. Let’s go and have a drink, we have time left, enough for a cup of coffee.
7. My village has been modernized, the house has a telephone.
8. There are four books on the table. of them has a different color.
9. 29/30 students in my class is male. In other words, of the students in my class is male.
10. You should strive more to get progress in study.

3
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 10: CÁC LOẠI CÂU ĐIÊU KIỆN
(TYPES OF CONDITIONAL)
1. Bảng tóm tắt các loại câu điều kiện và cách sử dụng.
Type
Forms and examples Usage
(Dạng
(Cấu trúc và ví dụ) (Cách sử dụng)
câu)
0 If + S + V(s/es), s+ V(s/es)/ câu mệnh lệnh Diễn tả một chân lý, một sự thật hiển
Ví dụ: nhiên
If you put water in the fridge, it turns into ice.
(Nếu bạn cho nước vào tủ lạnh, nó hóa thành đá.)
If you heat ice, it turns into water.
(Nếu bạn đun nóng đá, nó hóa thành nước)
1 If + S + V(s/es), S + will/ can/ shall ... + V Diễn tả điều có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại
Ví dụ: hoặc tương lai
If I get good mark, my parents will be very happy.
(Nếu tôi đạt điểm tốt, bố mẹ tôi sẽ rất vui)
If you don’t do your homework, your teacher will
punish you.
(Nếu bạn không làm bài tập, cô giáo của bạn sẽ phạt
bạn)
2 If + S + V2/ Ved, S + would/ could/ should ...+ V Diễn tả điều không có thật ở hiện tại
Ví dụ:
If I were a billionaire, I would travel around the
world. (I am not a billionaire.)
(Nếu tôi là một tỉ phú, tôi sẽ đi du lịch khắp thế
giới.) (tôi không phải là một tỉ phú.)
If he had experience, he could join our group. (He
doesn’t have experience)
(Nếu anh ấy có kinh nghiệm, anh ấy có thể tham gia
nhóm của chúng tôi) (Anh ta không có kinh
nghiệm.)
3 If + S + Had + V3/Ved, S + would/ could + have + Diễn tả điều không có thật trong quá
V3/Ved khứ
Ví dụ:
If she had passed the exam, she would have had a
new computer. (She didn’t pass the exam.)
(Nếu cô ấy vượt qua kỳ thi, cô ấy sẽ có một chiếc
máy tính mới.) (Cô ấy không vượt qua kỳ thi.)
If Mary had finished her homework, she would
have gone out with us. (Mary didn’t finish her
homework)
(Nếu Mary đã hoàn thành bài tập về nhà, cô ấy sẽ đi
chơi với chúng mình.) (Mary chưa hoàn thành bài
tập về nhà)

1
Hỗn hợp If + S + had + V3/Ved, S + would + V Diễn tả điều không có thật trong quá
Ví dụ: khứ và điều không có thật ở hiện tại
If you had sent the letter yesterday, I would receive
it today. (You didn’t sent the letter yesterday.)
(Nếu bạn đã gửi thư ngày hôm qua, tôi sẽ nhận
được nó hôm nay.)
If she had told me her plan, I would give her
money. (She didn’t told me her plan.)
(Nếu cô ấy bảo tôi về kế hoạch của cô ấy, tôi sẽ đưa
tiền cho cô ấy.) (Cô ấy không bảo tôi về kế hoạch
của cô ấy.)
2. Những điểm cần lưu ý.
- Trong câu điều kiện loại 1, “If... not” có thể được thay bằng “unless” (trừ phi):
Ví dụ: We will be late if we don't hurry.
→ We will be late unless we hurry.
Ví dụ: If I have time, I can help you.
→ Unless I have time, I can’t help you.
- Bỏ if trong 3 loại câu điều kiện (phải có đảo ngữ)
Ví dụ: If it should be necessary, I will go.
→ Should it be necessary, I will go.
Ví dụ: If I were rich, I would buy a new car.
→ Were I rich, I would buy a new car.
Ví dụ: If you had asked me, I would have told you the answer.
→ Had you asked me, I would have told you the answer.
- Một số từ/ cụm từ có thể thay cho if với nghĩa tương đương:
provided that/ so(as) long as (miễn là)/ in case (trong trường hợp)/ on condition that (với điều kiện)
Ví dụ: You can borrow my book provided that you promise to bring it back.
= You can borrow my book if you promise to bring it back.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. If I (know) that you were ill, I (go) to see you.
2. I (see) him if I (go) to the party last night.
3. What (you/ do) if you (be) him?
4. If I (make) that mistake again, my teacher (get) angry with me.
5. If he (go) to London yesterday, he (meet) his old friend.
6. My dog (bark) if it (hear) any strange sound.
7. If you (not go) away, I (send) the police.
8. If I (be) in your police. I (accept) Mr. Anderson’s invitation.
9. I was busy. If I (have) free time. I (go) to the cinema with you.
10. Why didn’t you attend the meeting?
Oh, I didn’t know. If I (know) , I (come) there.
Exercise 2: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms.
1. It is too bad Helen isn’t here. If she (be) here, she (know) what to do.
2. If I (not eat) breakfast tomorrow morning, I (get) hungry during class.
3. If you (put) this red button, the TV will (turn off) .
4. I (let) you know if I (find) out what’s happening.
5. He didn’t listen to the teacher. If he (listen) carefully, he (perform) well in the
examination.
2
6. He’s waiting for his mother to come back from Chicago. If his mother (come) home, he
(have) a lot of presents.
7. He wanted to buy some Christmas presents but he couldn’t. If he (afford) to buy, his children
(be) very happy to greet a new year.
8. It (be) quicker if you (use) a computer.
9. (bring) him another cake if he (not/like) this one.
10. She (be) angry if she (bear) this tomorrow.
Exercise 3: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. He can’t go out because he has to study for his exam.
→
2. She is lazy so she can’t pass the exam.
→
3. He will pay me tonight; I will have enough money to buy a car.
→
4. He smokes too much; that’s why he can’t get rid of his cough.
→
5. She is very shy; so she doesn’t enjoy the party.
→
6. I will get a work permit.' I will stay for another month.
→
7. He doesn’t take any exercises. He is so unhealthy.
→
8. We can’t get the ticket because I don’t have the right change.
→
9. Study hard or you won’t pass the exam.
→
10. Don’t be impatient or you will make mistakes.
→
Exercise 4: Rewrite the sentences keeping the same meaning.
1. I didn’t eat lunch, I feel hungry now.
→
2. I only come if they invite me.
→
3. He didn’t revise all his lessons, he failed the exam.
→
4. I did not know you were coming, so I did not meet you at the airport.
→
5. I live too far from my office. I am not in time for work.
→
6. The children don’t go to school in the snowy weather.
→
7. He died when he was so young, otherwise, he would be a famous musician by now.
→
8. You must tell me the whole truth or I won’t help you.
→
9. The car breaks down so often because you don’t take good care of it.
→
10. She got married at such an early age; otherwise, she would be at university now.
3
 →
Exercise 5: Use UNLESS instead of IF.
1. If you do not study hard, you will fail the exam.
→
2. If you do not like this one, I will bring you another.
→
3. If she does not hurry, she will be late.
→
4. If you are not careful, you will cut yourself.
→
5. If you had not sneezed, he would not have known that we were there.
→
6. If you do not work harder, you will be sacked because of your laziness.
→
7. If there had not been the heavy storm, the climbers will not have died.
→
8. She has found that nobody can help her if she did not try her best to do it herself.
→
9. If you don’t know how to spell a word, you should look it up in the dictionary.
→
10. The campfire would have been cancelled if it hadn’t rained last night.
→
Exercise 10: Use conversion to rewrite the sentences.
1. If I were in your place, I would make a trip to England.
→
2. If he hadn’t wasted too much time, he wouldn’t have failed in his examination last year.
→
3. If the car we saw yesterday had been larger, we would have bought it.
→
4. If I were you, I would save some of your lottery winning.
→
5. If I had taken the English course you offered, I would have made much progress.
→
6. If my grandmother were five years younger, she would play games with us.
→
7. If you had not been so busy lately, I would have shown you how to play bowling.
→
8. Look at those red curtains. Your room would look better if those curtains were blue.
→
9. If we had chosen to live in a town instead of a city in 2010, we would not have had that many health
problems.
→
10. If I were thinner, I would look more attractive.
→
XI.Chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành câu:
Câu 1.If he…………harder on English,he…………..good job in the future.
A.worked / would has B.works / would have C.works / will have D.worked / will have
Câu 2.If our teacher …………………lots of homework,she…………………….to stay up late to do.
4
A.give / /has B.give / will have C.gives / will have D.will give / has
Câu 3.If you want to attend the course , you ………….the coming written exam.
A.can pass B.will have to pass C.passed D.must pass
Câu 4.He is sick. I think he………see his doctor if he wants to get over soon.
A.would B.will C.have to D.must to
Câu 5.If Lan…………..on a diet,she will lose her weight easily.
A.go B.went C.will go D.goes
Câu 6.She………….a university student as her her wishes if she …………..really hard now.
A.will become /works B.becomes / will work C.will become/will work D.will become / work
Câu 7.Unless he ……..time, he won't help us with our homework.
A.doesn't have B.has C.have D.will have
Câu 8………….you go to school on time,you will not understand the lesson.
A.If B.If not C.Unless D.All are correct
Câu 9.If you ………….English fluently,you can work for a foreign company.
A.will speak B.speak C.spoke D.speaks
Câu 10.If Jane hurries up, she ………………..late for the meeting.
A.will be Bisn't C.won't be D.won't is
Câu1 1.If John pays attention to his teacher carefully,he…………..better at English.
A.become B.will become C.becoming D.became
Câu 12.Lan Anh will tell you about the movie if she………it .
A.watch B.will watch C.watches D.watched
Câu 13.If he has enough money,he …………..his girlfriend around the world.
A.would take B.will take C.takes D.taking
Câu 14.If you…………..hard everyday,I think you will become successful in the future.
A.work B.works C.will work D.will work
Câu 15.She………..a good job some day if she……….really hard from now.
A.will have / works B.has / will work C.will have / work D.has / works
Câu 16.Pham Nhat Minh will become a millionaire ……….he works too lazily.
A.if B.if not C.unless D.because
Câu 17.You can go on a vacation if you…………enough money.
A.save B.saved C.will save D.saves
Câu 18.I will become an F.P.T university student if she…………what the teacher speaks in English.
A.understands B.understanding C.will understand D.would understand
Câu 19.If she has good qaulifications,she………..an ideal job in the future.
A.have B.will have C.had D.has
Câu 20.You can talk to Kimbum & Nickun if you………..a little English.
A.knew B.know C.will know D.knowing

A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. If I ________, I would express my feelings.
A. were asked B. would ask C. had been asked D. asked.
Question 2. If the weather ________ nice, we will go camping tomorrow.
A. were B. is C. had been D. will be
Question 3. Will you be angry if I ________ your pocket dictionary?
A. stole B. have stolen C. were to steal D. steal
Question 4. John would be taking a great risk if he ________ his money in that company.
A. would invest B. invested C. had invested D. invests
Question 5. If the wall weren’t so high, he ________ it up to take his ball down.
A. climbed B. could climb C. is climbing D. climbs
Question 6. If I ________ her phone number, I would phone her.
A. had known B. would know C. know D. knew
Question 7. If he ________ the truth, the police wouldn’t arrest him.
A. tells B. told C. had told D. would tell
Question 8. If you press that button what ________?
5
 A. would happen B. would have happened
C. will happen D. happen
II. Put the verbs in the brackets into the correct form.
Question 9. Tom __________ (help) his mother do die gardening if she tell him a story this evening.
Question 10. If it ___________ (rain), 1 will stay at dome.
Question 11. If they had enough money, they ___________ (buy) a new house
Question 12. They ___________ (pass) the exam if they studied harder.
Question 13. If Nick ___________ (have) a hike, he could go on a bicycle tour with us.
Question 14. If I were you, I ___________ (invite) John to the party.
Question 15. If the weather ___________ (be) fine, the children can walk to school.
III. Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction.
Question 16. If we (A) have time (B) in the weekend, we (C) will come (D) to see you.
Question 17. If I (A) am you. I would (B) follow (C) his (D) advice.
Question 18. He can (A) pass (B) the exam if he (C) studied (D) hard.
Question 19. What (A) do you (B) do if you won (C) the first prize of (D) the lottery?
Question 20. Would people (A) be able (B) to fly, if they (C) have feathers (D) instead of hair?
IV. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence given.
Question 21. Study hard or you’ll fail the exam.
 If you don’t ___________________________________________________________ .
Question 22. I don’t see you very often because you live so far.
 If you _______________________________________________________________ .
Question 23. I don’t have enough money, so I’m not going to buy that skirt.
 I’d __________________________________________________________________ .
 Question 24. We don’t practice English very often - We can’t communicate with foreigners.
We ____________________________________________________________________ .
Question 25. I can’t meet you now- I have to work.
 If ___________________________________________________________________ .

6
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 11: MẠO TỪ: A, AN, THE (ARTICLE: A, AN, THE)
1. Cách sử dụng mạo từ không xác định “A” và “An”
Dùng “a” hoặc “an” trước một danh từ đếm được số ít (singular nouns). Chúng có nghĩa là một. Chúng
được dùng trong câu có tính khái quát hoặc đề cập đến một chủ thể chưa được đề cập từ trước.
Ex: A ball is round. (Trái bóng tròn - nghĩa chung chung, khái quát, chỉ tất cả các quả bóng)
Mạo từ “a” Mạo từ “an”
Dùng “an” với: Dùng “a” với:
Mạo từ “an” được dùng trước từ bắt đầu bằng - Dùng “a” trước các từ bắt đầu bằng một phụ âm.
nguyên âm (trong cách phát âm, chứ không phải Chúng bao gồm các chữ cái còn lại và một số
trong cách viết). Bao gồm: trường hợp bắt đầu bằng u, y, h
- Các từ bắt đầu bàng các nguyên âm a, e, i, o, u Ex: a house, a university, a home party, a heavy
Ex: an aircraft, an empty glass, an object load, a uniform, a union, a year income,...
- Một số từ bắt đầu bằng u, y - Đứng trước một danh từ mở đầu bằng "uni", “eu”
Ex: an uncle, an umbrella phải dùng "a"
- Một số từ bắt đầu bằng h câm Ex: a university, a uniform, a universal, a union,
Europe,
Ex: an heir, haft an hour
- Các từ mở đầu bằng một số chữ viết tắt
Ex: an S.O.S/ an M.P
2. Cách dùng mạo từ xác định “The”
- Dùng “the” trước một danh từ đã được xác định cụ thể về mặt tính chất, đặc điểm, vị trí hoặc đã được đề
cập đến trước đó, hoặc những khái niệm phổ thông, ai cũng biết
Ex: The boy in the corner is my friend
(Cậu bé đứng ở góc đường là bạn tôi - Cả người nói và người nghe đều biết đó là “cậu bé” nào)
Sau đây là một số trường hợp sử dụng "the” và không sử dụng "the" thường gặp.
Có "The" Không "The"
Dùng trước tên các đại dương, sông ngòi, biển, Trước tên một hồ
vịnh và các cụm hồ (số nhiều) Ex: Lake Geneva, Xuan Huong lake
Ex: The Red Sea, the Atlantic Ocean, the Persian
Gulf, the Great Lakes
Trước tên các dãy núi Trước tên một ngọn núi
Ex: The Rocky Mountains, The Everest Mountains Ex: Mount Vesuvius, Mount Langbiang
Trước tên những vật thể duy nhất trong vũ trụ Trước tên các hành tinh hoặc các chòm sao
hoặc trên thế giới
Ex: The earth, the moon, the sun Ex: Venus, Mars
The schools, colleges, universities + of + danh từ Trước tên các trường này nếu trước nó là một
riêng tên riêng
Ex: The University of Florida Ex: Stetson University, Dalat University
The + số thứ tự + danh từ Trước các danh từ đi cùng với một số đếm
Ex: The third chapter (chương thứ ba) Ex: Chapter three (chưowng ba)
Word War One (Thế chiến thứ Nhất)
Trước tên các cuộc chiến tranh khu vực với điều Trước tên các nước chỉ có một từ
kiện tên khu vực đó phải được tính từ hoá
Ex: The Korean War, The American Civil War Ex: China, France, Venezuela, Vietnam
(cuộc nội chiến Mỹ)

1
Trước tên các nước có hai từ trở lên (ngoại trừ Trước tên các nước mở đầu bằng New, một tính
Great Britain)
Ex: The United States, The Central African Ex: New Zealand, North Korean
Republic (Cộng hòa Trung Phi)
Trước tên các nước được coi là một quần đảo
hoặc một quần đảo
Ex: The Philippines, The Virgin Islands, The
Hawaii
Trước tên các tài liệu hoặc sự kiện lịch sử
Ex: The Constitution (Hiến pháp)
Trước tên các nhóm dân tộc thiểu số
Ex: The Indians
Trước tên các nhạc cụ khi đề cập đến các nhạc
cụ đó nói chung hoặc khi chơi các nhạc cụ đó
Ex: The violin is difficult to play.
từ chỉ hướng:
Trước tên các lục địa, tỉnh, tiểu bang, thành
phố, quận, huyện:
Ex: Europe, Florida
Trước tên bất kì môn thể thao nào
Ex: baseball, basketball
Trước các danh từ trừu tượng (trừ một số
trường hợp đặc biệt):
Ex: freedom, happiness
Trước tên các môn học nói chung
Ex: Mathematics (Toán học)
Trước tên các ngày lễ, tết
Ex: Christmas, Thanksgiving (Lễ Tạ Ơn)
Trước tên các loại hình nhạc cụ trong các hình
thức âm nhạc cụ thể (Jazz, Rock, classical
music..)
Ex: To perform jazz on trumpet and piano
(Biểu diễn nhạc Jazz bằng kèn và đàn piano)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. We are looking for place to spend
A. the/the B. a/the C. a/ a D. the/ a
2. Please turn off light when you leave room.
A. the/the B. a/a C. the/ a D. a/ the
3. We are looking for people with experience.
A. the B. a C. an D. 
4. Would you pass me salt, please?
A. a B. the C. am D. 
5. Can you show me way to station?
A. the/the B. a/ a C. the/ a D. a/ the
6. She has read interesting book.
A. a B. an C. the D. 
7. You’ll get shock if you touch live wire with that screwdriver.
A. an/ the B. / the C. a/ a D. an/ the
8. Mr. Smith is old customer and honest man.
A. an/ the B. the/ an C. an/ an D. the/ the
9. youngest boy has just started going to school.
A. a/  B. x/ the C. an/  D. the/ 
10. Do you go to prison to visit him?
A. the B. a C.  D. an
2
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers.
1. eldest boy is at college.
A. a/ the B. the/  C. / a D. an/ 
2. Are you going away next week? No, week after next.
A. an B. a C. the D. 
3. Would you like to hear story about English scientist?
A. an/ the B. the/ the C. a/ the D. a/ an
4. There’ll always be a conflict between old and young.
A. the/the B. an/a C. an/ the D. the/ a
5. There was collision at corner.
A. the/a B. an/the C. a/the D. the/ the
6. My mother thinks that this is expensive shop.
A. the B. an C. a D. 
7. Like many women, she loves parties and gifts.
A. the/ a B. a/ the C. a/ a D. / 
8. She works seven days week.
A. a B. the C. an D. 
9. My mother goes to work in morning.
A. a B.  C. the D. an
10. I am on night duty. When you go to bed, I go to work.
A. a/  B. a/ the C. the/  D. / 
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with suitable articles.
1. My birthday is Sunday afternoon.
2. It doesn’t often snow here at Christmas. We haven’t had White Christmas for
many years.
3. We came here in summer of 1969.
4. Are you doing anything at weekend?
5. Rita plays violin and her sister plays piano.
6. On our trip to Spain, we crossed Atlantic Ocean.
7. David attended Princeton University.
8. Florida State University is smaller than University of Florida.
9. chair that you are sitting in is broken.
10. Civil War was fought in US between 1861 and 1865.
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with suitable articles.
1. Jack has got very long legs, so he’s fast runner.
2. You need visa to visit foreign countries, but not all of them.
3. I’m going to supermarket to do some shopping.
4. Jane is teacher. Her parents were teachers too.
5. John is teacher. Every morning, he gets up at 7 o’clock, has breakfast and
cup of coffee.
6. Jimmy has sister in Oxford and brother in London.
7. Can you think rich should pay more taxes to help .
8. When we reached city centre, some shops were still open but most of them were already
closed.
9. How much are those potatoes? 1.20 kilo.
10. My father went out to sea when he was 14.
Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with a/ an/ one.
1. It weights over hundred kilos.
2. I only asked for pizza - I didn’t want three of them.
3. I wouldn’t allow child of mine to be treated in that way.
3
 4. It only took us week to drive to Greece.
5. I’ve always wanted to own silver-coloured car.
6. sandwich isn’t enough. I usually eat four or five.
7. Policies differ from state to another.
8. Less than three quarters of hour later, she was home.
9. All of the competitors completed the race, with just exception.
10. The best way to learn musical instrument is to find enthusiastic teacher.
Exercise 7: Complete the paragraph with the or .
(1) Danube is Austria's longest river. Our uncle lives on (2) Philippines. (3)
Jamaica belongs to the Caribbean islands. (4) Statue of Liberty was dedicated in
1886. (5) Taj Mahal is one of India's most popular attractions. (6) Dead Sea lies
below sea level. (7) Everglades National Park is in Florida. Aconcagua is the highest mountain
outside Asia. (8) Mount Fuji is one of Japan's Three Holy Mountains. (9) Lake
Superior is the largest of (10) Great Lakes.
Exercise 8: Complete the paragraph with suitable articles.
I arrived in (1) USA last Monday. We left (2) Rome, flew over the Alps and
made a quick stop in (3) London. There we went shopping at (4) Harrods, visited (5)
Tower and enjoyed a sunny afternoon in (6) Hyde Park. On the following day we
left for (7) New York. The time on board wasn't boring as there were two films to watch on the
monitor. The people on the plane were all (8) Italian. Before we landed at (9) JFK
airport, we saw (10) Statue of Liberty, (11) Ellis Island and (12) Empire
State Building. The hotel I stayed in was on the corner of (13) 42nd Street and (14)
5th Avenue. I don't like hotels very much, but I didn't have time to rent an apartment.
Exercise 9.Choose the best answer to complete the sentences
Câu 1.He played…………..guitar at the party last night.
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 2.I asked her what………..for the poor.
A.can she do B.could she do C.she can do D.she could do
Câu 3.Nam said he worked as……….doctor there.
A.the B.an C.a D. Ø
Câu 4.Do you think Bangkok is……….capital of Thailand?
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 5.Mr Green is……..M.P. He works in London.
A.an B.Ø C.the D.a
Câu 6.My brother is……..university student .He is studying law in ….U.K now.
A.an/an B.a/the C.a/a D.a/ Ø
Câu 7.She wishes she would become ……..student in …….university.
A.an/a B.a/an C.an/an D.a/a
Câu 8.She can play ……..piano very well at the party.
A.a B.an C.the D. Ø
Câu 9.She speaks English in …….U.K.
A.the B.an C.a D. Ø
Câu 10.The teacher should gives us………….to do at jome everyday.
A.a homework B. many homeworks C.some homework D.a few homework
Câu 11.He doesn’t like much sugar.He needs just……..
A.a few B.a little C.few D.little
Câu 12.Quan is ………unversity student.he is studying law in……..U.S.A.
A.an/a B.a/an C.an/an D.a/the
Câu 13.Noi Bai is………..businest airport in VietNam,I’vw ever seen.
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 14.English is spoken all over………world.
A.an B.Ø C.a D.the
Câu 15.I think people should help……….poor and ……..old.
A.an / a B.a / an C.the / the D.a /the
Câu 16.SonTung often spends ………hour a night to practice singing.
4
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 17.Do you like playing………..soccer or……..violin in your free time?
A. Ø / the B.a/a C. Ø / a D.a/the
Câu 18.I think …….best way to reduce garbage is to reuse and recycle things.
A.the B.Ø C.a D.an
Câu 19.Would you like to drink………beer?
A.any B.some C.a D.much
Câu 20.Do you have ………brothers or sisters?
A.any B.some C.a D.much
Câu 21.May I have……. sugar for my coffee?
A.any B.some C.a D.a few
Câu 22.Did you listeb to the news………T.V or on …..radio?
A. a/a B. Ø / the C. Ø / a D.a/the
Câu 23.The boys over there are collecting money for……..unemployed.
A.an B.Ø C.a D.the
Câu 24.Why do you think……..English are very wonderful.
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 25.She told me that she would finish university……….next year.
A.an B. the C.a D. Ø
Câu 26.Did you have………friends in your new school?
A.many B.some C.any D.both A & C
Câu 27.She has ……..time to do her homework than her sister.
A.fewer B.a little C.less D.little
Câu 28.Who is ………most beautiful girl in our class?
A.a B.Ø C.the D.an
Câu 29.Daisy asked me if I was going to visit my aunt………following week.
A.the B.an C. Ø D.a
Câu 30.He was in battle for many years.When he returned his hometown, he was …….one-leg man.
A.an B.Ø C.the D.a
Câu 31.I don’t think this is ………useless map with you.
A. Ø B.the C.a D.an
Câu 32.Mr Buong is ……..M.C.He has worked in……..U.K for many years now.
A. a/an B. an / the C. Ø / a D.a/the
Câu 33………girl you met at the party last night is my classmate.
A.a B. the C.an D. Ø
Câu 34.Do you ever wish you would live in………Paris someday.
A. Ø B.a C.the D. an
Câu 35.This is ……...third time,you have made that mistake.
A.a B.Ø C.an D.the

5
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 12: MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ (RELATIVE CLAUSES)
❖ Mệnh đề quan hệ:
Mệnh đề quan hệ là mệnh đề dùng để giải thích rõ hơn về danh từ đứng trước nó. Nó được nối bởi một đại từ
quan hệ.
Ví dụ: The woman who is talking to the teacher is my mother.
Trong câu này phần được viết chữ nghiêng được gọi là một relative clause, nó đứng sau danh từ “the woman”
và dùng để xác định danh từ đó. Mệnh đề quan hệ được sử dụng với một đại từ quan hệ.
1. Các đại từ quan hệ
Đại từ
Cách sử dụng Ví dụ
quan hệ
Who Làm chủ ngữ và thay thế cho 1 danh từ chỉ I told you about the woman who lives next
người door.
Whom Làm tân ngữ và thay thế cho 1 danh từ chỉ I was invited by the professor whom I met
người at the conference.
Which Làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ và thay thế cho 1 Do you see the cat which is lying on the
danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật. roof?
She gave me a book which I like very
much.
Whose Chỉ sở hữu; whose được dùng với cả người và Do you know the boy whose mother is a
vật nurse?
That Có thể dùng thay thế cho who/ whom/ which The boy that (who) is the most intelligent
trong mệnh đề quan hệ xác định. in this class is my brother.
The doctor that (whom) you met at the
hospital is very talented.
I like the dress that (which) she is wearing.
➢ Chú ý:
Có 2 loại mệnh đề quan hệ là mệnh đề quan hệ hạn định và mệnh đề quan hệ không hạn định.
Mệnh đề quan hệ hạn định Mệnh đề quan hệ không hạn định
(Defining relative clause) (Non-defíning relative clause)
Đây là mệnh đề cần thiết. Mệnh đề này là một bộ Đây là loại mệnh đề không cần thiết vì tiền ngữ đã
phận của câu. Thiếu nó câu sẽ không đầy đủ ý được xác định, không có nó câu vẫn đủ nghĩa.
nghĩa. Mệnh đề quan hệ không xác định được ngăn với
Ví dụ: mệnh đề chính bàng các dấu phẩy. Trước danh từ
- I told you about the woman who lives next door. thường có: this, that, these, those, my, his... hoặc
tên riêng.
- I was invited by the professor whom 1 met at the
conference. Ví dụ:
- Do you see the cat which is lying on the roof? - That man, whom you saw yesterday, is Mr Pike.
She gave me a book which I like very much. - This is Mr Jones, who helped me last week.
- Do you know the boy whose mother is a nurse? - Mary, whose sister 1 know, has won an Oscar.
Lưu ý: Có thể dùng THAT trong mệnh đề quan hệ - Harry told me about his new job, which he's
hạn định. enjoying very much.
Lưu ý: Không được dùng THAT trong mệnh đề
quan hệ không hạn định (non-defining relative
clause).
2. Relative adverb (Trạng từ quan hệ)
Trạng từ quan hệ có thể được sử dụng thay cho một đại từ quan hệ và giới từ. Cách nói này sẽ làm cho câu dễ

1
hiểu hơn.
Ví dụ: This is the shop in which I bought my bike.
→ This is the shop where I bought my bike.
Trạng từ Nghĩa Cách sử dụng Ví dụ
quan hệ
when in/on which Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ cụm thời gian I remember the day when we met
him
where in/at which Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ nơi chốn I remember the place where we
met him
why for which Thay thế cho danh từ chỉ lí do I remember the reason why we met
him
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
CHUYÊN ĐỀ 12: MỆNH ĐỀ QUAN HỆ (RELATIVE CLAUSES)
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers: relative pronouns.
1. The book I bought at the bookstore yesterday is expensive.
A. who B. whose C. that D. B and C are correct
2. What is the name of the blonde girl just came in?
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A and B are correct
3. I don’t like people lose their tempers easily.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A and C are correct
4. Mexico City, has a population of over 10 million, is probably the fastest growing city in the world.
A. which B. whose C. that D. A and C are correct
5. This is Henry sister works for my father.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A and C are correct
6. The girl design had been chosen stepped to the platform to receive the award.
A. whose B. whom C. that D. which
7. Could you iron the trousers are hanging up behind the door?
A. who B. which C. that D. B and C are correct
8. Where is the girl sell tickets?
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A and C are correct
9. The man we consider our leader had much experience in climbing mountains.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. A and C are correct
10. The artist name I couldn’t remember was one of the best I had ever seen.
A. who B. whose C. that D. A and C are correct
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers: relative adverbs.
1. A café is a small restaurant people can get a light meal.
A. where B. which C. that D. All are correct
2. Alaska, my brother lives, is the largest state in the US.
A. which B. where C. who D. All are correct
3. This is the house we often stay in the summer.
A. where B. which C. that D. All are correct
4. Do you remember the clock tower I first met you?
A. where B. which C. that D. All are correct
5. Tell me the reason you were absent yesterday.
A. where B. when C. why D. that
6. There was a time dinosaurs dominated the earth.
A. which B. when C. that D. why
7. The house in I was born and grew up was destroyed in an earthquake ten years ago.
A. which B. where C. that D. All are correct
8. Summer is the time of the year the weather is the hottest.
2
 A. that B. which C. when D. B and C are correct
9. The reason Jim has just lost his job is that he didn’t work hard enough.
A. that B. which C. why D. B and C are correct
10. They hid me the money in a place it was safe from robbers.
A. which B. where C. that D. All are correct
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with relative pronoun: who, whom, that, which.
1. Have you got the money I lent you yesterday?
2. Peter, I had seen earlier, wasn’t at the party.
3. This is the machine cost half a million pounds.
4. Mary, had been listening to the conversation, looked angry.
5. Have you read the book I gave you?
6. The house, they bought three months ago, looks lovely.
7. Mrs. Jackson, had been very ill, died yesterday.
8. She is the woman sister looks after the baby for us.
9. The dog, had been very quiet, suddenly started barking.
10. I didn’t receive the letters she sent me.
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with relative pronoun or adverb.
1. Please tell me the reason I should let you go
2. Tell me the countries the traffic moves on the left-hand side.
3. We keep our bread in the fridge it doesn’t go bad
4. I used to enjoy the summer we had a big family picnic.
5. Did you remember the day
6. Thank you very much for the present
I first met you?
you sent me.
7. This is Mrs. Jones, son won the championship last year.
8. All of the people are looking at the man son has been kidnapped.
9. The student with she was dancing had a slight limb.
10. The man for I was waiting didn’t turn up.
Exercise 5: Complete the sentences with relative pronoun: who, whom, that, which.
1. Tom made a number of suggestions, most of were very helpful.
2. Mart has three brothers, all of are married.
3. We were given a lot of information, most of was useless.
4. There were a lot of people at the party, only a few of I had met before.
5. I sent her two letters, neither of she has received.
6. I have two sisters, both of are doctors.
7. He lent me many picture-books, most of I had red.
8. The bur crashed into a queue of people. Four of were killed.
9. He paid me $5 for cleaning ten windows, most of hadn't been cleaned for at least a year.
10. In prison they fed us on dry bread, most of was moldy.
Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with relative adverb.
1. We visited the school my father taught.
2. I met her last month, she came to our house.
3. We all looked at the place the fire had started.
4. Did they tell you the reason they were late?
5. We must find a time we can meet and a place we can talk.
6. They arrived in the evening, at a time we were all out.
7. I couldn’t understand the reason they were so rude.
8. I met him in the café he was working as a waiter.
9. I listen to music late at night, the children have gone to bed.
10. I bought them in August, I was in France.
Exercise 7: Complete the sentences with preposition + relative pronoun.
3
1. The house I was born is for sales.
2. It is the chair he used to sit for meals.
3. In the middle of the village, there is a well the villagers take water to drink.
4. I must thank the people I got the present.
5. Do you know the doctor I send?
6. The man I was telling you is standing over there.
7. This is the man I gave some money this morning.
8. Ms. Young, many of her students are writing, is living happily and peacefully in Canada.
9. I like the teacher I learnt English in high school.
10. I’m doing a group work. Mr. John I was working is so generous and kind.
Exercise 8: Match each pair of sentences with suitable relative pronoun.
1. This is the man. I met him in Paris.
→
2. I wanted the painting. You bought it.
→
3. This is the chair. My parents gave it to me.
→
4. She’s the woman. She telephoned the police.
→
5. He’s the person. He wanted to buy your house.
→
6. We threw out the computer. It never worked properly.
→
7. This is the lion. It’s been ill recently.
→
8. The man was badly injured. He was driving the car.
→
9. The children broke the window. They live in the next street.
→
10. That’s the woman. I was telling you about her.
→
Exercise 9: Match each pair of sentences with suitable relative adverb.
1. Last week I went to see the house. I used to live in it.
→
2. He used to go to work late. That’s why he was sacked.
→
3. I never forget the park. We met each other for the first time at this park.
→
4. The report was prepared yesterday. There was a heavy rain outside yesterday.
→
5. Her husband was abroad in September. She bought this house at that time.
→
6. This is my beloved school. I studied here when I was young.
→
7. They came home very late last night. Most of the family member had gone to sleep at that time.
→
8. I bought these pencils at the shop over there.
→

4
 9. John was absent from class yesterday. She knew the reason for this but she didn’t tell the teacher.
→
10. Everybody is off on Sunday. The children often go swimming on Sunday
→
Exercise 10: Match each pair of sentences with suitable relative adverb or relative pronoun.
1. These children are orphans. She is taking care of these children.
→
2. You were out three hours ago. You had a missed call at that time.
→
3. He never forgets the year 1982. His own company went bankrupt in 1982
→
4. My father goes swimming every day. You met him this morning.
→
5. There are a lot of fruit in summer. The weather is hot in summer.
→
6. The man is my father. I respect this man most.
→
7. I can have a good sleep on Saturday night. It is the best time of a week.
→
8. The man is my father. I respect his opinion most.
→
9. Mary and Margaret are twins. You met them yesterday.
→
10. The students will be awarded tomorrow. It is forecasted to have a rain tomorrow.
→

A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. Do you know the man ___________ we met at the party last week?
A. which B. whose C. who D. whom
Question 2. My mother, ___________ everyone admires, is a famous teacher.
A. where B. whom C. which D. whose
Question 3. This is the village in ___________ my family and I have lived for over 20 years.
A. which B. that C. whom D. where
Question 4. We need a teacher ___________ native language is English.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. that
Question 5. The woman, ___________ was sitting in the meeting hall, didn’t seem friendly to us
at all.
A. who B. whom C. where D. when
Question 6. We’ll come in June ___________ the schools are on holiday.
A. that B. where C. which D. when
Question 7. The old building ___________ is in front of my house fell down.
A. of which B. whom C. whose D. which
Question 8. I bought a T- shirt ___________ is very nice.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. that
Question 9. We saw many soldiers and tanks ___________ were moving to the front.
A. which B. who C. that D. whom
Question 10. The man sitting next to me kept talking during the meeting, ___________ really
annoyed me.
5
 A. which B. who C. that D. whom
II. Choose the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.
Question 11. (A) The waiter (B) whom served us yesterday (C) was polite and (D) friendly.
Question 12. This class (A) is only (B) for people (C) who’s first language (D) is not English
Question 13. This is (A) the boy (B) who sister (C) studied (D) with me at high school.
Question 14. He (A) is moving to Lang Son city, (B) that is (C) in the north-east (D) of Viet Nam.
Question 15. The girl (A) whom is standing (B) over there (C) is (D) from Viet Nam.
III. Fill in the blank with a suitable relative pronoun/ adverb.
Question 16. Let me see the letter _________ you have written.
Question 17. Is there anyone _________ can help me do this?
Question 18. Mr. Brown, _________ is only 34, is the director of this company.
Question 19. I know a place _________ roses grow in abundance.
Question 20. It was the nurse _________ told me to come in.
Question 21. The teacher with _________ we studied last year no longer teaches in our school.
Question 22. They showed me the hospital _________ buildings had been destroyed by US bombings.
Question 23. We saw many soldiers and tanks _________ were moving to the front.
IV. Rewrite each pair of sentences as one sentence using relative pronouns in the brackets.
Question 24. We want to visit a temple. It opens at 7.00. (that)
 The temple ___________________________________________________________ .
Question 25. A boy’s bike was stolen. He went to the police station. (whose)
 The boy ______________________________________________________________ .
Question 26. A friend met me at the airport. He carried my suitcase. (who)
 The friend ____________________________________________________________ .
Question 27. Nam cooked a meal. It was delicious. (which)
 The meal _____________________________________________________________ .
Question 28. The friend is staying with me. She comes from Vietnam. (who)
 The friend ____________________________________________________________ .
Question 29. I found man’s wallet. He gave me a reward. (whose)
 The man _____________________________________________________________ .
Question 30. I often go to the shop in the centre. It is cheaper. (which)
 The shop in the centre __________________________________________________ .

6
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 13: V-ING VÀ V INFINITIVE
(GERUND AND INFINITIVE)
❖ GERUND (V-ING) (DANH ĐỘNG TỪ)
1. Cách sử dụng
• Là chủ ngữ của câu: dancing bored him.
• Bổ ngữ của động từ: her hobby is painting.
• Là bổ ngữ: Seeing is believing.
• Sau giới từ: He was accused of smuggling.
• Sau một vài động từ: avoid, mind, enjoy,...
2. Một số cách dùng khác
✓ V + V-ing
+ Những động từ sau được theo sau bởi V-ing:
admit, avoid, delay, enjoy, excuse, consider, deny, finish, imagine, forgive, keep, mind, miss, postpone,
practise, resist, risk, propose, detest, dread, resent, pardon, try, fancy, etc.
Ví dụ:
- He admitted taking the money. (Anh ta thừa nhận đã lấy tiền)
- Would you consider selling the property? (Bạn sẽ xem xét bán nhà chứ?)
- He kept complaining. (Anh ta vẫn tiếp tục phàn nàn)
✓ V + pre + V-ing
V-ing được dùng sau một động từ dùng kèm với giới từ
apologize for, accuse of, insist on, feel like, congratulate on, suspect of, look forward to, dream of,
succeed in, object to, approve/disapprove of, etc.
V-ing cũng dùng sau những cụm từ như:
Các cụm từ Ý nghĩa
- It's no use / it's no good/ there's no point (in) + V-ing - vô ích khi làm gì
- It's (not) worth + V-ing - không xứng đáng
- have difficult (in) + V-ing - gặp khó khăn khi làm gì
- It's a waste of time/ money + V-ing - lãng phí thời gian khi làm gì
- spend/ waste time/money + V-ing - sử dụng/ lãng phí tiền/ thời gian cho việc gì
- be/ get used to + V-ing - quen với việc làm gì
= be/ get accustomed to + V-ing - bạn có phiền không nếu làm gì đó
- do/ would you mind + V-ing? - bận rộn làm gì đó
- be busy with + V-ing - làm việc này thì sao (dùng để đề xuất)
- what about + V-ing? how about + V-ing - thực hiện việc gì đó với động từ go (đi mua
- go + V-ing (go shopping, go swimming...) sắm, đi bơi...)
❖ INFINITIVE (ĐỘNG TỪ NGUYÊN THỂ)
✓ Verb + to V
Những động từ sau được theo sau trực tiếp bởi to-infinitive: agree, appear, arrange, attempt, ask,
decide, determine, fail, endeavour, happen, hope, learn, manage, offer, plan, prepare, promise, prove,
refuse, seem, tend, threaten, try, volunteer, expect, want,...
Ví dụ:
- She agreed to pay $50. (Cô ấy đã đồng ý trả 50 đô la)
- Two men failed to return from the expedition. (Hai người đàn ông thất bại trở về từ cuộc thám hiểm)
- The remnants refused to leave. (Những tàn dư còn lại không được xóa bỏ)
- She volunteered to help the disabled. (Cô ấy tình nguyện giúp đỡ người tàn tật)
✓ Verb + how/ what/ when/ where/ which/ why + to V
Những động từ sử dụng công thức này là: ask, decide, discover, find out, forget, know, learn,
1
remember, see, show, think, understand, want to know, wonder...
Ví dụ:
- He discovered how to open the safe. (Anh ấy phát hiện ra làm thế nào để mở một cách an toàn)
- I found out where to buy fruit cheaply. (Tôi đã tìm ra nơi mua hoa quả rẻ)
- She couldn't think what to say. (Cô ấy không thể nghĩ ra điều gì để nói)
- I showed her which button to press. (Tôi chỉ cho cô ấy phải ấn nút nào)
✓ Verb + Object + to V
Những động từ theo công thức này là: advise, allow, enable, encourage, forbid, force, hear, instruct,
invite, order, permit, persuade, request, remind, train, urge, want, tempt...
Ví dụ:
- These glasses will enable you to see in the dark. (Cái kính này sẽ cho phép bạn nhìn trong bóng tối)
- She encouraged me to try again. (Cô ấy khuyến khích tôi thử lại lần nữa)
- They forbade her to leave the house. (Họ cấm cô âsy rời khỏi nhà)
- They persuaded us to go with them. (Họ đã thuyết phục chúng tôi đi với họ)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Complete the sentences with V-ing or to V-inf.
1. I’m not in a hurry. I don’t mind (wait) for you.
2. I always try to avoid (borrow) money from friends.
3. The traffic was very heavy this morning, but I managed (get) to school on time.
4. Could you please stop (make) so much noise?
5. Would you mind (keep) silent? I am trying (study) .
6. They don’t have much money. They can’t afford (go) out very often.
7. My mother can’t stand (stay) at home without doing anything.
8. You must promise (not/be) late again.
9. When I saw her in that funny hat, I couldn’t help (laugh) .
10. They refused (lend) him the money although he needed it badly.
Exercise 2: Complete the sentences with V-ing or to V-inf.
1. I arranged (meet) them here.
2. He urged us (work) faster.
3. It is no use (wait)
4. He warned her (not touch) the wire.
5. However, she did not plan (be) a secretary all her life.
6. She couldn’t imagine (do) the same job for years and years.
7. My mother told me (not speak) to anyone about it.
8. He tried (explain) but she refused (listen) .
9. You are expected (know) the safety regulations of the college.
10. That was a very strange question (ask) .
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with V-ing or to V-inf.
1. My father gave up (smoke) three years ago.
2. I have put off (write) the letter so many times. 1 really must do it today.
3. Sarah gave up (try) to find a job in this country and decided (go) abroad.
4. You can’t stop me (do) what I want.
5. How long have you been able (swim) John?
6. Please, don’t forget (post) the letter for me today! It is urgent.
7. The only thing that prevented her from (study) law was a lack of time and money.
8. She often remembered (talk) to her father before he became ill.
9. You must remember (buy) some sugar. We haven’t got any now.
10. Don’t forget (wake) me up before six o’clock tomorrow.
Exercise 4: Complete each sentence with one of these verbs, remember to put them in correct form.
1. He tried to avoid my question.
2. Could you please stop so much noise.
2
3. I enjoy to music.
4. I considered for the job but in the end I decided against it.
5. Have you finished your hair yet?
6. If you walk into the road without looking, you risk knocked down.
7. Jim is 65 but he isn’t going to retire yet. He wants to carry on .
8. I don’t mind you the phone as long as you pay for all your calls.
9. Hello! Fancy you here! What a surprise!
10. I have put off the letter so many times. I really must do it today.
Exercise 5: Underline the mistake in each sentence and correct it.
1. I couldn’t make my car to start this morning.
→
2. I’m sure he isn’t incapable of run a mile in four minutes.
→
3. Good friendship should be based on mutual understand.
→
4. I’m delighted hearing that you have made much progress in your study.
→
5. There is a lot of work doing here.
→
6. He was terribly excited to ask to play for Manchester.
→
7. He could not decide whether to get a job or studying.
→
8. I dislike being talk about everywhere.
→
9. He says that speak a foreign language always makes him nervous.
→
10. We’re looking forward to see you again.
→
Exercise 6: Underline the mistake in each sentence.
1. I’d like buying some earrings like yours.
2. She smelt something burning and saw smoke rise.
3. I warned them not climb the mountain in such bad weather.
4. They voluntarily spent their vacations to teach illiterate people to read and write.
5. You can congratulate yourself about having done an excellent job.
6. Peter apologized for break the vase.
7. He insisted on seeing the manager tomorrow.
8. Some high school students take part in help the handicapped.
9. Shy people find it difficult taking part in group discussion.
10. I am unable come to the meeting on Monday evening, please apologize for my absence.
Exercise 7: Rewrite the sentence in reported speech form.
1. “Don’t believe everything you hear” he said to me (advise)
→
2. “Lend me your pen for a moment” I said to Mary (ask)
→
3. “Would you like to have lunch with me on Sunday?” Danny said to Sarah (invite)
→
4. “Will you help me, please?” she said to me (ask)
→
3
5. “You had better apologize for being late” my mother said to me (advise)
→
6. “We will come back again” they said (promise)
→
7. “You should join the football team, Eric” said the teacher (encourage)
→
8. “I’ll give it to him tomorrow” John said (promise)
→
9. “I’d like Lan to become a doctor” my mum said (want)
→
10.“Remember to lock the door before going to school” my sister said to me (remind)
→
Exercise 8: Rewrite the sentence in reported speech form.
1. “You should go home and take a rest” the boss said (advise)
→
2. “Come and see me when you want” he said to us (invite)
→
3. “Please don’t smoke in my room” she said to them (ask)
→
4. “Let’s have a party this weekend” he said (suggest)
→
5. “I am sorry, I didn't phone you earlier” Mary said to me (apologize)
→
6. “It is nice of you to help me, thank you Mike” Bob said (thank)
→
7. “Yes, okay. I’ll lend you my car” Peter said to Ann (agree)
→
8. “You told a lie, Tom” she said (accuse)
→
9. “I won’t help you with your homework” Jane said to me (refuse)
→
10. “You wear a suit when you come to my party” Susan said to me (insist)
→
Exercise 9: Choose the correct answers.
1. it several times, he didn’t want to read it once again.
A. Reading B. To read C. To have read D. Having read
2. that he was poor, I offered to pay his fare.
A. Knowing B. Known C. Knew D. Having knew
3. I hate a child
A. see/ crying B. see/cry C. seeing/ to cry D. seeing/ cry
4. The old man accused the boys 2 glasses of his.
A. break B. of breaking C. to break D. breaking
5. He insisted me to the zoo next Sunday
A. on take B. to take C. taking D. on taking
6. She offered the flowers every morning if I like.
A. watering B. to water C. being watered D. having watered
7. The police accused him of fire to the building but he denied in the area on the
night of the fire.
A. setting/ being B. setting/ having been
4
 C. set/ be D. having set/ having been
8. Someone told us sit on the stairs.
A. don’t B. not C. not to D. to not
9. The mother accused her son what he said.
A. of not do B. of not to do
C. of not doing D. of not to doing
10. The doctor advised him and to take up some sport.
A. stop smoke B. stop smoking C. to stop smoking D. to stop to smoke
Exercise 10: Choose the correct answers.
1. Professional people expect when it is necessary to cancel an appointment.
A. you to call them B. that you would call them
C. you calling them D. that you are calling them
2. Jack admitted the money
A. steal B. to steal C. stealing D. stolen
3. Don’t him to arrive early. He’s always late.
A. think B. judge C. hope D. expect
4. I wouldn’t of going to the party I hadn’t been invited to.
A. dream B. intend C. depend D. rely
5. The instructor warned the students sailing alone on the lake.
A. on B. for C. of D. against
6. Her mother prevented her going out tonight.
A. against B. from C. about D. at
7. I apologized the book at home.
A. for leaving B. to leaving C. leaving D. to leave
8. Mary thanked me her last night.
A. for helping B. to help C. for help D. for my help
9. John insisted on driving me to the airport.
A. to drive B. driving C. on driving D. of driving
10.1 warned Jack against playing with matches.
A. against player B. against to play C. against play D. against playing
XI.Chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành câu:
Câu 1.KimBum was intelligent enough ………English in London.
A.studying B.to study C.studies D.will study
Câu 2.Mr Son Tung isn't used…………..up early in the morning.
A.to get B.to getting C.get D.got
Câu 3.Mrs Brown asked the boys…………..soccer in the garden last Sunday.
A.to not play B.not to play C.didn't play D.shouldn't play
Câu 4.You must not let children……………..in the kitchen because it is very dangerous.
A.playing B.to play C.have played D.play
Câu 5.I advised the girls………………..to meet Messi and Kimbum.
A.not to hope B.to not hope C.shouldn't hope D.will hope
Câu 6.Kaka is looking forward…………..you at the airport tomorrow.
A.to seeing B.to see C.will see D.going to see
Câu 7.Her father was interested in……………..novels before going to bed.
A.to read B.reading C.reads D.has read
Câu 8.Is Mrs Hoa used…………….on the left when visiting Lon Don?
A.to drive B.to driving C.drove D.driving
Câu 9.His daughter doesn't enjoy …….soccer after school.
A.to play B.plays C.played D.playing
Câu 10.The teacher told me ……… up too late.
A.shouldn't stay B.not to stay C.not stay D.to not stay
Câu 11.After a month, Hoa gets used to ……………….in her new school.
A.study B.studying C.studied D.is studying
Câu 12.Last year,she spent some days of June ……..Phong Nha cave in Quang Binh.
5
A.visiting B.visited C.has visited D.to visit
Câu 13.At 12 o'clock,we all were hungry and tired,so we stopped……………..lunch.
A.have B.to have C.having D.had
Câu 14.Mr Tuan will have his roof……………….tomorrow.
A.mended B.mend C.to mend D.will mend
Câu 15.She made her children……………….English very hard last night.
A.to study B.study C.studied D.studying
Câu 16.He was very happy……..us at the airport yesterday.
A.met B.meeting C.to meet D.to meeting
Câu 17.Did she use…………….to school by bike?
A.to going B.to go C.going D.went
Câu 18.I wish ……….in a big city with my uncle.
A.working b.to work C.worked D.will work
Câu 19.She didn't like ………..game on-line such as Dot kich or Vo Lam Truyen Ky.
A.to play B.played C.playing D.plays
Câu 20.Would you mind ………………in my room?
A.not to smoke B.not smoking C.not smoke D.don't smoke
Câu 21.Jane suggested…………..in the garden for dinner last night.
A.to sit B.sitting C.sat D.to sitting
Câu 22.Can you show me how……………….to the nearest post office?
A.getting B.to getting C.got D.to get
Câu 23.Don't phone me between 8 am and 9 am tomorrow.I am very busy …………with you.
A.to talk B.will talk C.talking D.talked
Câu 24.Last weekend,we all went…………….in the mountain with our classmates.
A.to camping B.camped C.camping D.to camp
Câu 25.We are trying to learn English at the moment in order………….for a foreign company in the future.
A.to work B.working C.will work D.are working
Câu 26.I'd like ………..to school with my sister in her car.
A.go B.to go C.going D.went
Câu 27.It's necessary ……………./………….English with your partners everyday.
A.practising / to speak B. to practise / speaking C.to practise / to speak D.practising / speaking
Câu 28.This road needs………………….next year because it is too bad.
A.to be widened B.will widen C.widening D.both A & C
Câu 29.Does Mr Quan get used…………….on the left when he works in London?
A.to driving B.to drive C.driving D.driven
Câu 30.You had better………..too much in class when the teacher is talking.
A.not talk B.not to talk C.don't talk D.won't talk

6
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 14: CÁC ĐỘNG TỪ KHUYẾT THIẾU
(MODAL VERBS)
❖ Đặc tính chung của động từ khuyết thiếu (modal verbs)
1. Động từ khuyết thiếu được theo sau bởi một động từ nguyên thể bare infinitive.
S + Modal Verbs + V(bare-infinitive)
Ví dụ: They can speak French and English.
2. Không biến đổi dạng thứ trong các ngôi.
Ví dụ: He can use our phone. (He use your phone).
I. CAN - COULD
A. Can
Can chỉ có 2 thì: Hiện tại và Quá khứ đơn. Những hình thức khác ta dùng động từ tương đương “be able
to”. Can cũng có thể đuợc dùng như một trợ động từ để hình thành một số cách nói riêng.
1. Can và could có nghĩa là “có thể”, diễn tả một khả năng (ability).
Ví dụ: Can you swim?
She could ride a bicycle when she was five years old.
2. Can cũng diễn tả một điều có thể xảy đến (possibility). Trong câu hỏi và câu cảm thán can có nghĩa là
“Is it possible...?”
Ví dụ: Can it be true?
It surely can’t be four o’clock already!
3. Can not được dùng để diễn tả một điều không thể xảy ra.
Ví dụ: He can’t go to the zoo because of the rain.
B. Could
1. Could là thì quá khứ đơn của can.
Ví dụ: She could swim when she was five.
2. Could còn được dùng trong câu điều kiện.
Ví dụ: If you tried, you could do that work.
3. Trong cách nói thân mật, Could được xem như nhiều tính chất lịch sự hơn CAN.
Ví dụ: Can you change a 20-dollar note for me, please?
Could you tell me the right time, please?
4. Could được dùng để diển tả một sự ngờ vực hay một lời phản kháng nhẹ nhàng.
Ví dụ: His story could be true, but I hardly think it is.
I could do the job today, but I’d rather put it off until tomorrow.
II. MAY - MIGHT
1. May và dạng quá khứ Might diễn tả sự xin phép, cho phép (permission).
Ví dụ: May I take this book? - Yes, you may.
She asked if she might go to the party.
2. May/ Might dùng diễn tả một khả năng có thể xảy ra hay không thể xảy ra.
Ví dụ: It may rain.
He admitted that the news might be true.
III. MUST
1. Must có nghĩa là “phải” diễn tả một mệnh lệnh hay một sự bắt buộc.
Ví dụ: You must drive on the left in London.
2. Must dùng trong câu suy luận logic.
Ví dụ: Are you going home at midnight? You must be mad!
You have worked hard all day; You must be tired.
3. Must Not (Mustn’t) diễn tả một lệnh cấm.
Ví dụ: You mustn’t walk on the grass.

1
➢ Chú ý:
- Have to dùng thay cho must trong những hình thức mà must không dùng được.
Ví dụ: We will have to hurry if we are going to catch the twelve o’clock train.
- Have to không the thay thế must trong câu suy luận logic.
Ví dụ: He must be mad.
- Must và have to đều có thể dùng để diễn tả sự cưỡng bách, bắt buộc (compulsion). Tuy nhiên must thể
hiện sự bắt buộc đến từ người nói trong khi have to diễn tả sự bắt buộc đến từ phía bên ngoài (ví dụ các
quy định pháp luật).
Ví dụ: You must do what I tell you. (Bạn phải làm điều mà tớ bảo bạn.)
Passengers must cross the line by the bridge. (Lệnh của Cục Đường Sắt)
Passengers have to cross the line by the bridge. (Vì không còn đường nào khác)
IV. SHALL - SHOULD
A. Shall
Được dùng trong những trường hợp sau:
- Dùng trong cấu trúc thì Tương lai (Simple Future) ở ngôi thứ nhất.
Ví dụ: I shall do what I like.
- Diễn tả một lời hứa (promise), một sự quả quyết (determination) hay một mối đe dọa (threat).
Ví dụ: If you work hard, you shall have a holiday on Saturday. (promise)
He shall suffer for this; he shall pay you what he owes you. (threat)
These people want to buy my house, but they shan’t have it. (determination)
B. Should
Được dùng để khuyên ai đó nên làm điều gì.
Ví dụ: You should do what the teacher tells you.
- Dùng thay cho ought to, had better.
V. Will-Would
1. Will
- Được dùng ở thì Tương lai (simple future), diễn tả một kế hoạch (plan), sự mong muốn (willingness),
một lời hứa (promise) hay một sự quả quyết (determination).
- OK! I will pay you at the rate you ask. (willingness)
- I won’t forget little Margaret’s birthday. I will send her a present. (promise)
2. Would
- Dùng để hình thành thì Tương lai trong quá khứ (future in the past) hay các thì trong câu điều kiện.
Ví dụ: He said he would send it to me, but he didn’t.
If she were here, she would help US.
He would have been very happy if he had known about it.
- Diễn tả một thói quen trong quá khứ. Với nghĩa này, Would có thể dùng thay cho used to.
Ví dụ: Every day he would get up at six o’clock and light the fire.
VI. Ought to
Ought to có nghĩa là “nên”, gần giống với should. Trong hầu hết các trường hợp ought to có thể được
thay thế bằng should.
Ví dụ: They ought to (should) pay the money.
He ought to (should) be ashamed of himself.
VII. Used to
- Used to diễn tả một thói quen thường xuyên xảy trong quá khứ.
Ví dụ: He used to go fishing when he was small.
Chú ý dạng phủ định và nghi vấn:
Khẳng định S + used + to V

2
 Phủ định S + didn’t+ v
Nghi vấn Did + S + V?
Phân biệt USED TO và một số hình thức khác
- Used to + infinitive: hành động liên tục trong quá khứ
- (Be) Used to + V-ing: quen với một việc gì
- (Get) Used to + V-ing: làm quen với một việc gì.
Ví dụ: He used to work six days a week. (Now he doesn’t)
It took my brother two weeks to get used to working at night. Now he’s used to it.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Complete each sentence with can/ could/ be able to (not).
1. you swim when you were 10?
2. We get to the meeting on time yesterday because the train was delayed by one hour.
3. He arrive at the party on time, even after missing the train, so he was very pleased.
4. He’s amazing, he speak 5 languages including Chinese.
5. I drive a car until I was 34, then I moved to the countryside so I had to learn.
6. I looked everywhere for my glasses but I find them anywhere.
7. I searched for your house for ages, luckily I find it in the end.
8. She’s 7 years old but she read yet - her parents are getting her extra lessons.
9. I read the book three times but I understand it.
10. James speak Japanese when he lived in Japan, but he’s forgotten most of it now.
Exercise 2: Complete each sentence with can/ could/ be able to (not).
1. I understand the chapter we had to read for homework. It was so difficult.
2. I lift this box - it’s too heavy! Would you help me?
3. Lucy make it to our meeting after all. She’s stuck in traffic at the moment.
4. John play tennis really well. He’s champion of his club.
5. Unfortunately, I really sing at all! No-one in my family is musical either.
6. When the car broke down I was really pleased because I solve the problem.
7. Julian play excellent golf when he was only ten.
8. My grandmother use a computer until last month. Since then, she’s been taking lessons at
the library.
9. I open this window. I think it’s stuck!
10. Julia play the piano. She’s never studied it.
Exercise 3: Complete each sentence with might/ must/ should (not).
1. Nancy said you didn't need to buy her anything for her birthday, but I really think you at
least get her some flowers or a nice bottle of wine.
2. Debbie said she was really busy this week, but I think she show up at the party if she doesn't
have to work overtime on Friday.
3. Nina said she would come over right after work, so she be here by 6:00.
4. Oh my God, he's unconscious. Don't move him – he have internal injuries.
5. Dan: Where's the remote control? I want to change the channel.
Fiona: I don't know. It be under the couch.
6. Experts agree that to master a foreign language, you practice the language regularly.
7. New research suggests that exercise can reduce the chance of heart disease as well as cancer. That's
why I told my father that he start walking once a day.
8. We invite Sally and her husband to come to the picnic on Saturday. We haven't seen them in
weeks.
9. We had better call Tony to see if he's at home before we go over to his house. He be there
and we don't want to drive all the way over there for nothing.
10. At first, my boss didn’t want to hire Sam. But I told my boss that he take another look at his
resume and reconsider him for the position.
11. You worry so much. If you don't get this job, just apply for another one.
3
 12. I would love to go on the cruise with Michelle. But such a luxurious trip cost a fortune. I
doubt I could afford something like that.
13. As some people be allergic to chemicals in artificial plant foods, gardeners use
an organic brand to avoid skin irritations.
14. I know Eve wants to go to the ballet with us, but we call her before we get her ticket as she
might be busy that night.
15. It be a bad idea to take some snacks along while we're hiking. Last time, we got so hungry
we had to come back early without finishing the hike.
Exercise 4: Complete each sentence with must/ or have to (not).
1. You be kidding! That can't be true.
2. I be at the meeting by 10:00. I will probably take a taxi if I want to be on time.
3. You forget to pay the rent tomorrow. The landlord is very strict about paying on time.
4. You be so rude! Why don't you try saying "please" once in a while.
5. If you are over 18 in California, you take a driver training course to get a driver's license.
You can have a friend or a family member teach you instead.
6. You be rich to be a success. Some of the most successful people I know haven't got a penny
to their name.
7. Ed: My car broke down in Death Valley last week. I have it towed more than a hundred
miles to the nearest mechanic.
8. While hiking in Alaska, you keep an eye out for bears. If you see one, you
approach it. They are beautiful animals; however, they are wild and unpredictable in nature.
9. I go to work tomorrow because it is Memorial Day. The best thing about a day off from
work is that I get up at 6:00.
10. Yesterday, I cram all day for my French final. I didn't get to sleep until after midnight.
11. Emily: Oh no! I completely forgot we were supposed to pick Jenny up at the airport.
Barbara: She still be sitting there waiting for us.
12. Ingrid received a scholarship which will cover 100% of the tuition. She worry at all about
the increasing cost of education.
13. When I was a child my grandmother was continually correcting our manners. She always used to say,
"One eat with one's mouth open."
14. I've redone this math problem at least twenty times, but my answer is wrong according to the answer
key. The answer in the book wrong!
15. You submit the application if it has not been completely filled out. If the form is not
accurate and complete, you will be rejected and you will reapply at a later date.
Exercise 5: Complete each sentence with could/might (not).
1. Unfortunately, James and Michelle had already made plans, so they
exhibition.
2. You do the job if you didn't speak Arabic fluently.
come with us to the
3. In order to win the pie eating contest, he would have to eat sixteen pies in ten minutes. He
possibly eat that many pies - he would explode!
4. Susan hear the speaker because the crowd was cheering so loudly.
5. It be a bad idea to take some snacks along while we're hiking.
6. They have had several major snow storms in the mountains during the last month. The road to
Smithsville be passable.
7. Jerry be angry at me. I've never done anything to upset him.
8. The lamp be broken. Maybe the light bulb just burned out.
9. When you were a child, you swim from here to the little island in the middle of the river,
couldn't you?
10. She possibly be the winner of the talent show! The other acts were much better than hers.
11. Ted's flight from Amsterdam took more than 11 hours. He must be exhausted after such a long flight.
He prefer to stay in tonight and get some rest.
4
 12. I heard that band is really popular, and tickets sell out quickly. You get tickets if you wait
too long.
13. Please make sure to water my plants while I am gone. If they don't get enough water, they
die.
14. It be a bad idea to get a car alarm for your new sports car. New cars tend to attract thieves.
15. That possibly be Mr. Jones. He's lost so much weight that he looks like a completely
different person.
Exercise 6: Complete each sentence with can/ could/have to/must/might/ should (not).
1. That concert has been sold out for weeks. You get tickets even if you knew the band
personally. It's impossible!
2. If you want to get a better feeling for how the city is laid out, you
explore the waterfront.
walk downtown and
3. Hiking the trail to the peak be dangerous if you are not well prepared for dramatic weather
changes. You research the route a little more before you attempt the ascent.
4. When you have a small child in the house, you leave small objects lying around. Such
objects might be swallowed, causing serious injury or even death.
5. Dave: you hold your breath for more than a minute?
Nathan: No, I can't.
6. Frank and Sarah get tickets to the concert. The concert was sold out a little over an hour after tickets
went on sale.
7. Danny: I borrow your lighter for a minute?
Stephen: Sure, no problem. Actually, you keep it if you want to. I've given up smoking.
8. I speak Arabic fluently when I was a child and we lived in Egypt.
9. Leo: Where is the spatula? It be in this drawer but it's not here.
Nancy: I just did a load of dishes last night and they're still in the dish washer. It be in there.
That's the only other place it be.
10. You take your umbrella along with you today. The weatherman on the news said there's a
storm north of here and it might rain later on this afternoon.

5
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 15: CÂU HỎI ĐUÔI (TAG QUESTION)
Trong câu hỏi đuôi, người đặt câu hỏi đưa ra một mệnh đề (mệnh đề chính) nhưng không hoàn toàn chắc
chắn về tính đúng / sai của mệnh đề đó, do vậy họ dùng câu hỏi dạng này để kiếm chứng về mệnh đề đưa
ra.
Ví dụ:
He should stay in bed, shouldn’t he?
She has been studying English for two years, hasn't she?
There are only twenty-eight days in February, aren’t there?
It’s raining now, isn’t it? (Trời vẫn còn mưa, phải không?)
You and I talked with the professor yesterday, didn’t we?
You won’t be leaving for now, will you?
Jill and Joe haven’t been to America, have they?
Câu hỏi đuôi chia làm hai thành phần tách biệt nhau bởi dấu phẩy theo quy tắc sau:
- Sử dụng trợ động từ giống như ở mệnh đề chính để làm phần đuôi câu hỏi. Nếu không có trợ động từ thì
dùng do, does, did để thay thế.
- Nếu mệnh đề chính ở thể khẳng định thì phần đuôi ở thể phủ định và ngược lại.
- Thời của động từ ở đuôi phải theo thời của động từ ở mệnh đề chính.
- Chủ ngữ của mệnh đề chính và của phần đôi là giống nhau. Đại từ ở phần đuôi luôn phải để ở dạng chủ
ngữ (in subject form)
- Phần đuôi nếu ở dạng phủ định thì thường được rút gọn (n’t). Nếu không rút gọn thì phải theo thứ tự:
auxiliary + subject + not? (He saw it yesterday, did he not?)
- Động từ have có thể là động từ chính, cũng có thể là trợ động từ. Khi nó là động từ chính của mệnh đề
trong tiếng Anh Mỹ thì phần đuôi phải dùng trợ động từ do, does hoặc did.
- There is, there are và it is là các chủ ngữ giả nên phần đuôi được phép dùng lại there hoặc it
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. No one is better cook than his mother, ?
A. is she B. isn’t she C. are they D. aren't they
2. Do it right now, ?
A. will you B. shall you C. do you D. don’t you
3. There are no easy ways ; to learn a foreign language, ?
A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they D. aren’t there
4. Fie seldom goes to the library, ?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn't he
5. Let’s go for a long walk, ?
A. will we B. shall we C. don’t you D. do you
6. I think he will join us, ?
A. doesn’t he B. won’t he C. will he D. don’t I
7. The film is good, ?
A. is it B. are they C. isn’t it D. aren’t they
8. You are going to the party, ?
A. is you B. are you C. aren’t you D. were you
9. He can speak English, ?
A. can he B. can’t he C. can’t him D. could he
10. You don’t know him, ________?
A. do you B. don’t you C. are you D. aren’t you
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers
1. Lan speaks Chinese very well, ?
A. does she B. doesn’t she C. is she D. was she
2. John has worked hard, ?
A. does he B. did he C. has he D. hasn’t he
3. They invited him to the party, ?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. didn’t they
4. They are leaving here tomorrow, ?
A. do they B. are they C. aren’t they D. did they
5. I am a bit late, ?
A. am not I B. aren’t you C. are you D. aren’t I
6. No one is different to praise, ?
A. is one B. isn't one C. is he D. are they
7. Somebody has left these socks on the bathroom floor, ?
A. have they B. haven’t they C. has he D. hasn’t he
8. James owns a restaurant, ?
A. does he B. is he C. doesn’t he D. didn’t he
9. You aren’t too busy to talk, ?
A. are you B. have you C. aren’t D. do you
10. The ticket to London doesn’t cost a lot, ?
A. do they B. does it C. is it D. isn’t it
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. Thu’s father reads a morning newspaper everyday, ?
2. The teacher is going to explain a new grammar lesson, ?
3. Their classmates were so excited about the games yesterday, ?
4. Lan enjoys sewing clothes for her doll, ?
5. Hoa did a lot of homework last night, ?
6. Schools may be closed if it snows heavily, ?
7. She has visited the citadel in Hue twice, ?
8. People have to rebuild the building after fire, ?
9. Their children enjoy playing computer games, ?
10. You will have a cable TV soon, ?
Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. I am making a big mistake, ?
2. Let’s go shopping at Saigon Coop Mart, ?
3. Children should drink a lot of milk and fruit juice, ?
4. Bring your camera with you to the party, ?
5. These shoes need to be fixed, ?
6. You must ask for your parents’ permission to join the trip, ?
7. Ba likes healthy food, ?
8. Thu didn’t take part in the competition, ?
9. Phong hasn’t been to Hanoi before, ?
10. She can ride to school by herself, ?
Exercise 5: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. We should follow the traffic rules strictly, ?
2. He seldom visits you, ?
3. You have never been in Italy, ?
4. No one died in the accident, ?
5. Nothing is wrong, ?
6. Nobody called the phone, ?
7. Everything is okay, ?
8. Everyone took a rest, ?
9. Going swimming in the summer is never boring, ?
10. Let’s dance together, ?
Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. Don’t talk in class, ?
 2. Sit down, ?
3. Hoa never comes to school late, ?
4. He hardly ever makes a mistake, ?
5. We must communicate with you by means of email or chatting, ?
6. She has got a great sense of humor, ?
7. Neither of them offered to help you, ?
8. He ought to have made a note of it, ?
9. There will be plenty for everyone, ?
10. Let’s go out for dinner tonight, ?
Exercise 7: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. We often watch TV in the afternoon, ?
2. John and Max don't like Maths, ?
3. He could have bought a new car, ?
4. The Mount Rushmore National Memorial Park is in Keystone, ?
5. She must come to the party, ?
6. Kathy and YoYo will go to the swimming pool tomorrow, ?
7. No one can help you, ?
8. You have never been to Peking, ?
9. Let's have a drink, ?
10. He could have bought a new car, ?
Exercise 8: Complete the sentences with tag questions.
1. Come and see me tomorrow, ?
2. I’m never called “Scholar”, ?
3. Everybody can learn how to swim, ?
4. His family often has tea for breakfast, ?
5. That job is hardly suitable for her, ?
6. No one died in the accident, ?
7. Speaking of kids, you have some of your own, ?
8. That depends on what you mean by a long time, ?
9. Everyone took the rest, ?
10. Let’s go to the cinema tonight, ?
IX.Chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành câu:
Câu 1.Mr Jack rarely eats hot dog in Viet Nam,………………?
A.doesn't he B.does he C.is he D.didn't he
Câu 2.They never met Ronaldo in Brasil,…………………….?
A.don't they B.didn't they C.do they D.did they
Câu 3.I think she is older than her mum,…………………….?
A.isn't she B.is she C.don't I D.do I
Câu 4.She takes her friends to the beach on Sundays,……….?
A.doesn't she B.isn't she C.didn't she D.wasn't she
Câu 5.Miss Hoa………………that letter for you,didn't she?
A.is typing B.typed C.has typed D.will type
Câu 6.She never read the books in the library,………………….?
A.isn't she B.does she C.did she D.doesn't she
Câu 7.Let's play tennis this weekend,…………………………?
A.Shall we B.will we C.don't you D.aren't we
Câu 8.I think he visited Da Lat last summer,………………………..?
A.don't I B.didn't he C.doesn't he D.didn't I
Câu 9.Nobody was at school late last Thursday,………………….?
A.was he B.weren't they C.wasn't he D.were they
Câu1 0.Everybody …………good at English nowadays, aren't they?
A.are B.is C.likes D.like
Câu 11.Don't write any letters to him,……………………….?
A.will you B.do you C.are you D.can you
Câu 12.Mrs Green …………..durians in Viet Nam, did she?
A.ate B.doesn't eat C.eats D.didn't eat
Câu 13.They are watching a football match on T.V,…………………………….?
A.are they B.don't they C.aren't they D.didn't they
Câu 14.He ……………..history and geography in Quang Trung school, has he?
A.hasn't learn B.has never learnt C.doesn't learn D.all are correct
Câu 15.They have to take that French course,…………………….they?
A.haven't B.mustn't C.needn't D.don't
Câu 16.You have never been to Nha Trang,…………………?
A.have you B.haven't you C.you have D.you haven't
Câu 17.Son Tung never saw a ghost at midnight,………………..?
A.did he B.didn't Son Tung C.didn't he D.wasn’t Son Tung
Câu 18.Noone arrived at the Ho Quang Hieu's wedding party,…………?
A.did he B.didn't they C.didn't he D.did they
Câu 19.Mr Hieu……………..an international song on T.V,isn't he?
A.sings B.is singing C.sang D.has sung
Câu2 0.You think she loves Kimbum,………………….?
6. did they 7. don’t you 8. doesn’t it 9. didn’t they 10. shall we

A. BÀI KIỂM TRA ĐÁNH GIÁ NĂNG LỰC

I. Choose the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 1. No one is better at English than Lan, ________?
A. is she B. isn’t she C. are they D. aren’t they
Question 2. There are a lot of people attending the wedding party, ________?
A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they D. aren’t there
Question 3. He seldom goes to the park, ________?
A. doesn’t he B. is he C. does he D. isn’t he
Question 4. Let’s go for walk, ________?
A. will we B. shall we C. don’t you D. do you
Question 5. I think he will come here, ________?
A. doesn’t he B. won’t he C. will he D. don’t I
Question 6. The film is boring, ________?
A. is it B. are they C. isn’t it D. aren’t they
Question 7. You are listening to music, ________?
A. is you B. are you C. aren’t you D. were you
Question 8. He can speak English, ________?
A. can he B. can’t he C. can’t him D. could he
Question 9. You don’t know her, ________?
A. do you B. don’t you C. are you D. aren’t you
Question 10. Nga speaks English very well, ________?
A. does she B. doesn’t she C. is she D. was she
Question 11. John has bought a dictionary, ________?
A. does he B. did he C. has he D. hasn’t he
Question 12. They met him at the party last night, ________?
A. do they B. don’t they C. did they D. didn’t they
Question 13. They are going to do the test tomorrow, ________?
A. do they B. are they C. aren’t they D. did they
Question 14. I’m short, ________?
A. am not I B. aren’t you C. are you D. aren’t I
Question 15. No one is in this room now, ________?
A. is one B. isn’t one C. is he D. are they
II. Complete the following sentences with tag questions.
Question 16. I am a teacher, _______________?
Question 17. Nothing can make you change your love, _______________?
Question 18. There were many people in the hall, _______________?
Question 19. Nobody asked him to answer questions, _______________?
Question 20. John should pass the exam, _______________?
Question 21. Let’s go jogging now, _______________?
Question 22. These students seldom do their exercises, _______________?
Question 23. You had a wonderful day, _______________?
Question 24. People speak English in the world, _______________?
Question 25. She hasn’t seen him for ages, _______________?
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 16: TÍNH TỪ VÀ TRẠNG TỪ
(ADJECTIVE AND ADVERB)
1. Tính từ:
- Đứng trước danh từ: adj + N She is a good student.
- Sau động từ to be He is tall.
- Sau các động từ liên kết như: become, get, feel, look, seem, taste, smell, sound,...
Ví dụ: The coffee smells good.
he looks sad.
- Sau các đại từ bất định: something, anything, everything, nothing, somebody, someone, anybody,
anything,...
Ví dụ: Is there anything new?
2. Trạng từ:
- Đứng sau động từ thường
Ví dụ: She drives carefully.
- be + adv + V3/-ed
The house was completely destroyed.
➢ Note: Trạng từ well đứng sau động từ “to be” để chỉ sức khỏe
Ví dụ: I’m not very well.
- Cách thành lập trạng từ: thêm -ly vào sau tính từ
+ careful → carefully
+ careless → carelessly
+ happy → happily
+ sad → sadly
+ slow → slowly
- Một số từ vừa là tính từ, vừa là trạng từ: fast, hard, early, late
Ví dụ: He drives very fast.
She works hard.
3. Tính từ + Mệnh đề
Một số tính từ chỉ cảm giác như: glad, happy, pleased, delighted, excited, sorry, disappointed, amazed, có
thể có một mệnh đề theo sau
Ví dụ: We are glad that everyone came back home safely. (Chúng tôi vui mừng rằng mọi người về nhà an
toàn.)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Underline the adverb in each sentence.
1. They worked fast to cover the distance before the breakfast hour.
2. He wanted to go there immediately.
3. He walked farther than I did.
4. They got up very early.
5. Are you quite sure of this?
6. I didn't know it so well as him.
7. Today I feel somewhat better.
8. He does his work quite differently from his brother.
9. I wish he could write more plainly, so that I could read his letters easily.
10. They usually begin to work at 6 o'clock in the morning.
Exercise 2: Find a place in each sentence to put the adverb in bracket.
1. He has read that book, (already).
→
2. This book is interesting (extremely).
→
3. I haven't been there (before).
→
4. He is on time (seldom).
→
5. He has a bad pain in his chest today (very).
→
6. The elevator operates (automatically).
→
7. He arrives at the meeting on time (never).
→
8. They stayed there all day quietly, (quietly).
→
9. I will be there by 2 o'clock (certainly).
→
10. He left the office this afternoon (early).
→
Exercise 3: Circle the correct answers.
1. They dance the Tango beautiful/ beautifully
2. She planned their trip to Greece very careful/ carefully
3. Jim painted the kitchen very bad/ badly
4. She speaks very quiet/ quietly
5. Turn the stereo down, it's too loud/ loudly
6. He skipped happy/ happily down the road to school.
7. He drives too fast/ well
8. She knows the road good/ well
9. He plays the guitar terrible/ terribly
10. We're going camping tomorrow so we have to get up early/ soon.
Exercise 4: Circle the correct answers.
1. She straightened up and looked out the window direct/ directly at him.
2. All goes good/ well, and after some time he feels relaxed enough to go for a walk.
3. Your trigger happy/ happily friend isn't in the house.
4. The gulf between the 'rich' and the 'poor' has narrowed, to the point that the word 'poor' is hard/ hardly
applicable.
5. Interesting/ Interestingly, the changes the adapter has made seem designed to make the story even
more frightening.
6. He joined dozens of others that sailed lazy/ lazily toward the surface.
7. He swore so loud/ loudly at the top of his voice, that she didn't get any sleep all the next night.
8. Frankly, it is very clever/ cleverly done.
9. Such nice/ nicely balances of economic integration are hard to sustain for more than a single
generation.
10. There are already rumours that publishers are feeling nervous/ nervously.
Exercise 5: Complete each sentence with one of the adverbs available.
perfectly suddenly late quietly carefully
hard heavily dangerously slowly early
1. The train stopped
2. I opened the door
3. Please listen
4. I understand you
5. It’s raining
6. Sue speaks very
7. The bus was
8. I went to bed
9. He was driving
10. Jane’s studying for her examinations.
Exercise 6: Complete each sentence with one of the adjectives available.
fast bad bad anxious slow
hot quiet nice careful intelligent
1. Sue is very
2. Be
3. It was a game.
4. Ben is a runner.
5. Why are you always so ?
6. Those oranges look very
7. I’m so disappointed. My exam results were so
8. She seemed about her coming interview. She couldn't sleep last night.
9. He wants his coffee
10. I consider him as he can answer all the questions without thinking.
Exercise 7: Decide if each adverb is true or false and correct the false ones.
a. Maria learns languages (1) incredibly (2) quick.
b. The meeting was very (3) badly organized.
c. She appeared (4) sleepily.
d. He wants the property (5) badly.
e. Bill gets (6) angrily (7) easy.
f. I consider the case (8) carefully.
g. I found this case (9) unusually.
h. I found the money (10) quickly.
i. The examination was (11) surprising easy.
j. We became (12) thirstily.
Exercise 8: Decide if each adverb is true or false and correct the false ones.
1. I was (1) bitter (2) disappointed about my job.
2. The driver of the car was (3) badly injured in the accident.
3. It’s a (4) reasonable (5) cheap restaurant and the food is extremely (6) well.
4. I felt the surface of the table (7) carefully; It felt (8) smoothly.
5. Would you please have those things (9) readily for us?
6. Have the members suggested anything (10) different (11) recently.
7. The party was very (12) well.
8. I didn’t sleep (13) well last night.
9. He doesn’t explain things (14) clear.
10. I didn’t go out because of the (15) heavily rain.
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 17: CÁC TỪ NỐI (CONNECTIVES)
Các từ nối phổ biến nhất trong tiếng anh là: and, but, or (hoặc/ hay; “or else” nếu không), so (do đó,
vì thế), therefore (do đó), however (tuy nhiên). Các từ nối này đưực dùng để nối hai từ, hai cụm từ
hay hai mệnh đề cùng loại, chức năng hay cấu trúc.
1. And: dùng để bổ sung thông tin (additional information).
Ví dụ: This appliance is modem and economical. (Thiết bị này hiện đại và tiết kiệm.)
His father is a doctor and he works in a hospital. (Cha anh ấy là bác sĩ và ông ấy làm việc trong
một bệnh viện.)
2. Or: diễn tả sự chọn lựa.
Ví dụ: Do you study Maths or Chemistry? (Bạn học toán hay vật lý?)
Does he live in the city centre or in the suburbs? (Anh ấy sống ở ở trung tâm thành phố hay ở ngoại ô?)
Or else (nếu không): diễn tả một điều kiện.
Ví dụ: You must hurry or (else) you'll be late for the bus? (Bạn phải nhanh lên nếu không bạn sẽ lỡ xe
bus.)
3. But: nối hai ý tương phản nhau
Ví dụ: He’s fat but his brother isn't. (Anh ấy mập nhưng bạn của anh ấy thì không.)
That man is famous but humble. (Người đàn ông đó nổi tiếng nhưng khiêm tốn.)
➢ Chú ý: However (tuy nhiên): diễn tả sự tương phản. Nó đồng nghĩa với but nhưng luôn luôn nối liền
hai mệnh đề.
Ví dụ: He’s over seventy; however, he's still active. (Ông ấy trên 70, tuy nhiên ông ấy vẫn năng động.)
It’s raining hard; the game is, however, going on. (Trời đang mưa to; tuy nhiên trận đấu vẫn tiếp
tục.)
4. So (vì thế, do đó): diễn tả hậu quả.
Ví dụ: He’s busy, so he can’t help you. (Anh ấy bận, do vậy anh ấy không thể giúp bạn.)
The test was easy, so most of the pupils could do it.
➢ Chú ý: Therefore (do đó, vì thế): đồng nghĩa với so. Nó dùng để chỉ hậu quả của một hành động.
Ví dụ: He's at the meeting now; therefore he can’t answer your phone.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG
Exercise 1: Complete the sentences with and/ but/ or/so.
1. I would like to come, I do not have time.
2. I invited him his friends.
3. The door was open, we could hear everything.
4. We must hurry, we will be late.
5. She is kind. , she is rather forgetful.
6. The work was new to me. , it did not seem difficult.
7. We looked everywhere. , we could not find the keys.
8. He is old. , his mind is still active.
9. It was very hot. , we decided to go swimming.
10. It was very hot, we decided to go swimming.
Exercise 2: Complete the sentences with and/ but/ or/ so.
1. I have invited him his sister.
2. He walked up to the door knocked.
3. I would rather travel by train, the bus leaves earlier.
4. We were born in this village; , we know everyone here.
5. The sun was warm, a cool breeze blew in from the sea.
6. I have read this book before; , I do not remember the plot.
7. They were hot tired.
8. The door was locked, we had to wait inside.
9. I have known her for many years I understand her character well.
10. They visited many stores; , they could not find what they were looking for.
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with and/ but/ or/ so.
1. I haven't really studied for this exam, I feel a little nervous.
2. I told him not to come, he came anyway.
3. He has always done well on exams, this time he failed.
4. In the living room there is a TV a recorder.
5. I live in a hat at the top floor; I don’t have a garden, I have a balcony.
6. She likes Japanese food her grandson doesn’t like it at all.
7. My mother is severe my father is nice.
8. New York is very exciting too expensive.
9. We both like sailing we live near the sea.
10. There is a bed, a wardrobe an armchair in my bedroom.
Exercise 4: Rewrite the sentences using and/but/or/so.
1. The train proceeded quickly. The train proceeded smoothly.
→
2. They may leave today. They also may leave tomorrow.
→
3. The child hates getting up in the morning. He also dislikes going to bed at night.
→
4. He is talented. He also has a charm.
→
5. The street is lined with oak trees. It is also lined with elm trees.
→
6. The lecture was long. In addition, it was also a boring lecture.
→
7. You should choose: One, eat less; two, do more exercises.
→
8. I am proud to be here. I am also happy to meet you here.
→
9. The town is historical. It is picturesque too.
→
10. We know him. We don’t know his friends.
→
Exercise 5: Correct the incorrect part in each sentence.
1. We walked out of the door, down the steps and went across the street.
→
2. She loves singing, dancing, and to play the piano.
→
3. The wind moaned, shrieked and was howling.
→
4. The music was fast, brilliant and sounded exciting.
→
5. He proposes to borrow money, open a store and going into business.
→
6. The town boasts four libraries, two theaters and there are many schools.
→
7. The clouds were thick, black and looked threatening.
→
8. He likes running, jumping and to ride a bicycle.
→
9. They worked carefully, quickly and were quiet.
→
10. The vegetables were fresh, tender and tasted delicious.
→
Exercise 6: Match each part in column A with each part in column B.
A B
1 My sister's hand-writing is always so neat, A so unless someone disturbs them, an
astronaut's footprints will last forever!
2 Reading is an excellent way to increase your B or you'll fail the speaking test.
vocabulary
3 The student's essay was badly written C and appearance.
4 Alcohol can delay your reaction times; D and grammar.
5 In March of 1999, more than 130 nations E therefore, you should never drink and drive.
signed a United Nations Treaty banning land
mines;
6 Eating well is important for good health F but mine is a total mess.
7 The apartment is very pretty G and its rent is quite low.
8 You'd better work on improving your H and short.
pronunciation
9 I'm not really interested in history, I but this lecture was quite interesting.
10 There is no wind on the moon, J However, the United States, Russia and
China did not sign.

Exercise 7: Rewrite the sentences, using available words.

1. It was raining. We still went to the park. (However)
→
2. She put on a warm coat before going to work. The weather is cold. (Therefore)
→
3. The students easily got high score in the last examination. They were well-prepared. (so)
→
4. He produces things quite slowly. His products are really good. (but)
→
5. She was thinking of buying a new car. Her friend convinced her to buy an used car. (but)
→
6. She is loved by everybody in her factory. She is a very hard worker. (so)
→
7. I felt really sick last night. I couldn’t come to your party. (so)
→
8. You don’t do your homework. You will get a bad mark. You will be kicked out of school. (if, and)
→
9. The young boy was sent home. He refused to obey the teacher. (Therefore)
→
10. It cost a fortune to renovate our house. It was worth it. (However)
→
er, it was worth it.
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 18: CỤM ĐỘNG TỪ (PHRASAL VERB)
1. Định nghĩa:
Cụm động từ (Phrasal Verb) là kết hợp của một động từ cơ bản đi kèm với một hoặc hai giới từ. Nghĩa
của Phrasal Verb không phải luôn luôn là sự kết hợp nghĩa của các từ tạo nên nó. Do đó chúng ta cần lưu
ý về mặt ý nghĩa của cụm động từ.
Ví dụ: Look after: trông nom, chăm sóc
Go on: tiếp tục
2. Một số cụm động từ phổ biến trong tiếng Anh.
Bear out = confirm
Xác nhận
Ví dụ: The other witnesses will bear out what I say
Bring in = introduce
Giới thiệu
Ví dụ: They want to bring in a bill to limit arms exports
Gear up for = prepare for
Chuẩn bị
Ví dụ: Cycle organizations are gearing up for National Bike Week.
Pair up with = team up with
Hợp tác
Ví dụ: Sally decided to pair up with Jason for the dance contest.
Cut down = reduce
Cắt giảm
Ví dụ: We need to cut the article down to 1 000 words.
Look back on = remember
Nhớ lại
Ví dụ: She usually looks back on her childhood.
Bring up = raise
Nuôi dưỡng
Ví dụ: He was brought up by his aunt.
Hold on = wait
Chờ đợi
Ví dụ: Hold on a minute while I get my breath back.
Turn down = refuse
Từ chối
Ví dụ: He has been turned down for ten jobs so far.
Talk over = discuss
Ví dụ: They talked over the proposal and decided to give it their Thảo luận
approval.
Leave out = not include, omit
Bỏ qua
Vi du: If you are a student, you can omit questions 16-18.
Break down
Đổ vỡ, hư hỏng
Ví dụ: The telephone system has broken down.
Put forward = suggest
Đề xuất, gợi ý
Ví dụ: Can I put you forward for club secretary
Dress up
Ăn vận (trang trọng)
Vi du: There’s no need to dress up. Come as you are.
Stand for
Viết tắt cho
Ví dụ: The book’s by T.C. Smith.’ ‘What does the ‘T.C.’ stand for?’
Keep up = continue
Tiếp tục
Ví dụ: Well done! Keep up the good work/Keep it up
Look after = take care of
Trông nom, chăm sóc
Ví dụ: Who’s going to look after the children while you’re away?
Work out = calculate
Tính toán
Vi du: It’ll work out cheaper to travel by bus.
Show up = arrive
Tới, đến
Ví dụ: It was getting late when she finally showed up
Come about = happen
Xảy ra
Ví dụ: Can you tell me how the accident came about
Hold up = stop, delay
Dừng lại, hoãn lại
Vi du: An accident is holding up traffic
Call off = cancel
Hoãn, hủy bỏ
Ví dụ: The game was called off because of bad weather
Look for = expect, hope for
Ví dụ: We shall be looking for an improvement in your work this Trông đợi
term
Fix up = arrange
Sắp xếp
Ví dụ: I’ll fix you up with a place to stay.
Get by = manage to live
Sống bằng
Ví dụ: How does she get by on such a small salary?
Check in
Làm thủ tục vào cửa
Ví dụ: Please check in at least an hour before departure.
Check out
Làm thủ tục ra
Vi du: Please check out at the reception area
Drop by (drop in on)
Ghé qua
Ví dụ: I thought I’d drop in on you while I was passing.
Come up with
Nghĩ ra
Ví dụ: She came up with a new idea for increasing sales.
Call up = phone
Gọi điện
Ví dụ: She’s out for lunch. Please call up later
Call on = visit
Thăm
Ví dụ: My mother’s friends call upon her every Wednesday
Think over = consider
Xem xét, cân nhắc
Ví dụ: Let me think over your request for a day or so.
Talk over = discuss
Ví dụ: They talked over the proposal and decided to give it their Thảo luận
approval
Move on
Chuyển sang
Ví dụ: Can we move on to the next item on the agenda?
Go over = examine
Xem xét
Ví dụ: Go over your work before you hand it in.
Put sth down = write sth, make a note of sth
Ghi chép lại
Ví dụ: The meeting’s on the 22nd. Put it down in your diary.
Clear up = tidy
Dọn dẹp
Ví dụ: I’m fed up with clearing up after you!
Carry out = execute Tiến hành
Vi du: Extensive tests have been carried out on the patient.
Break in
Đột nhập
Ví dụ: Burglars had broken in while we were away.
Back up
ủng hộ
Ví dụ: I’ll back you up if they don’t believe you.
Turn away = turn down
Từ chối
Ví dụ: They had nowhere to stay so I couldn’t turn them away
Wake up = get up
Thức dậy
Ví dụ: Wake up and listen!
Warm up
Khởi động
Ví dụ: Let’s warm up before entering the main part
Turn off
Tắt
Ví dụ: They’ve turned off the water while they repair a burst pipe.
Turn on
Bật
Vi du: I’ll turn the television on.
Fall down
Xuống cấp
Ví dụ: Many buildings in the old part of the city are falling down.
Find out
Tìm ra
Ví dụ: I haven’t found anything out about him yet.
Get off
Khởi hành
Ví dụ: We got off straight after breakfast.
Give up
Từ bỏ
Ví dụ: They gave up without a fight
Go up = increase
Tăng lên
Ví dụ: The price of cigarettes is going up
Pick someone up
Đón ai đó
Ví dụ: I’ll pick you up at five
Take up
Bắt đầu một hoạt động mới
Ví dụ: He takes up his duties next week
Speed up
Tăng tốc
Ví dụ: Can you try and speed things up a bit?
Grow up
Lớn lên
Ví dụ: Their children have all grown up and left home now
Catch up with
Theo kịp
Ví dụ: Go on ahead. I’ll catch up with you
Cut off
Cắt bỏ cái gì
Ví dụ: He had his finger cut off in an accident at work.
Account for
Giải thích
Ví dụ: How do you account for the show’s success?
Belong to
Thuộc về
Ví dụ: Who does this watch belong to?
Break away Bỏ trốn
Vi du: The prisoner broke away from his guards.
Delight in
Thích thú về
Ví dụ: She delights in walking

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers.
1. Brian asked Judy to dinner and a movie.
A. out B. on C. for D. of
2. My wife backed me over my decision to quit my job.
A. down B. up C. of D. for
3. Our car at the side of the highway in the snowstorm.
A. broke into B. broke away C. broke in D. broke down
4. Somebody last night and stole our stereo.
A. broke off B. broke in C. broke out D. broke up
5. The firemen had to break the room to rescue the children.
A. off B. up C. out D. into
6. The bomb when he rang the bell.
A. went over B. went on C. went out D. went off
7. Does this jacket my trousers?
A. go with B. go through with C. go ahead D. go off
8. He about his new car all the time.
A. goes over B. goes on C. goes out D. goes off
9. Do you think you could this work with me some time, Peter?
A. go over B. go on C. go out D. go off
10. It is generally accepted that in today's society women have access education and can promote
themselves much more easily than years ago.
A. to B. up C. on D. for
Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers.
1. It took women a long time to struggle the right to vote.
A. for B. with C. against D. upon
2. I think women are suited many important things, besides childbearing and homemaking.
A. of B. on C. for D. about
3. Women are increasingly involved the public life.
A. of B. in C. with D. from
4. If you have an old blanket, it along so that we have something to sit on at the beach.
A. bring B. go C. put D. keep
5. Although the team was both mentally and physically exhausted, they on walking.
A. stopped B. kept C. took D. put
6. Before the plane off, the flight attendant told everyone to fasten their seat belts and put their
chairs in an upright position.
A. woke B. brought C. kept D. took
7. Don't forget to your gloves on. It is cold outside.
A. let B. make C. put D. fix
8. Everything is you. I cannot make my mind yet.
A. out off/ on B. up to/ up C. away from/ for D. on for/ off
9. There is no food left. Someone must have eaten it
A. out B. up C. off D. along
10. If something urgent has up, phone me immediately and 1 will help you.
A. picked B. come C. kept D. brought
Exercise 3: Choose the correct answers: synonym.
1. If you don't pay your rent, your landlord is going to kick you out!
A. lend you some money B. play football with you
C. give you a kick D. force you to leave
2. Yesterday I ran into Sam at the grocery store. I had not seen him for years.
A. met B. visited C. said goodbye to D. made friends with
3. Let's go over that report again before we submit it.
A. dictate B. print C. read carefully D. type
4. I will not stand for your bad attitude any longer.
A. like B. tolerate C. mean D. care
5. Be careful! The tree is going to fall.
A. Look out B. Look up C. Look on D. Look after
6. The organization was established in 950 in the USA.
A. come around B. set up C. made out D. put on
7. Within their home country, National Red Cross and Red Crescent societies assume the duties and
responsibilities of a national relief society.
A. take on B. get off C. go about D. put in
8. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt.
A. put on B. went off C. got out D. kept up
9. They had to delay their trip because of the bad weather.
A. get through B. put off C. keep up with D. go over
10. He did not particularly want to play any competitive sport.
A. use up B. do with C. take up D. go on
Exercise 4: Choose the correct answers: synonym.
1. It took me a very long time to recover from the shock of her death.
A. turn off B. take on C. get over D. keep up with
2. I am tired because I went to bed late last night.
A. stayed up B. kept off C. put out D. brought up
3. Did your son pass the university entrance examination?
A. make up B. get along C. go up D. get through
4. What may happen if John will not arrive in time?
A. go along B. count on C. keep away D. turn up
5. They decided to postpone their journey till the end of the month because of the epidemic.
A. take up B. turn round C. put off D. do with
6. The small white flowers are my favorite. They give off a wonderful honey smell that scents the entire
garden.
A. release B. stop C. end D.melt
7. Johnny has not smoked since 2000.
A. given up smoking B. given off smoking
C. take off smoking D. take up smoking
8. I couldn't make out what he had talked about because I was not used to his accent.
A. stand B. understand C. write D. interrupt
9. I'm sorry. I didn't mean to interrupt you. Please, go on and finish what you were saying.
A. talk B. quit C. continue D. stop
10. The firefighters fought the blaze while the crowd was looking on it.
A. blowing B. watering C. preventing D. watching
Exercise 5: Complete the sentences with available word phrase.
broke down put away came up to got off
pick up cleaning up took off resulted in
depending on getting on broke up cut off
1. The passengers had to wait because the plane one hour late.
2. She her car to some wild flowers.
3. Boy! all your toys and. go to bed right now.
4. The water supply of the building was because the pipes burst.
5. How are you with your work? - It is OK.
6. The stranger me and asked, "Is there a post office near here?"
7. The efforts for the advancement of women have several respectively achievement in
women's life and work.
8. I cannot believe Peter and Mary last week. They have been married for almost fifteen years.
1 hope they get back together.
9. They were late for work because their car .
10. My husband and I take turns the kitchen who gets home from work earlier.
Exercise 6: Complete each sentence with a suitable preposition.
1. The customer had tried some blouses but none of them suited her.
2. My husband spends far more time helping our three kids homework and studying for tests
than I do.
3. What does "www" stand ? Is it short for "world wide web?"
4. I always run out money before the end of the month.
5. I've just spent two weeks looking an aunt of mine who's been ill
6. It's very cold in here. Do you mind if I turn the heating?
7. Stephen always wanted to be an actor when he grow .
8. The bus only stops here to pick passengers.
9. We had to turn their invitation to lunch as we had a previous engagement.
10. He died heart disease.
Exercise 7: Complete each sentence with a suitable verb.
1. They gave me a form and told me to it in.
2. I’m going to bed now. Can you me up at 6:30?
3. I have got something in my eye and I can’t it out.
4. A cat tried to catch the bird, but it away just in time.
5. My shoes are dirty. I had better them off before going into the house.
6. You are walking too fast. Can you up with you.
7. I can’t hear you very well. Can you up a little?
8. We forward to the top floor of the building to admire the view.
9. I love to up at the stars in the sky at night.
10. I have been standing for the last two hours. I am going to down for a bit.
Exercise 8: Complete each sentence with available phrases.
invited to takes good care of
related to get off
prevented me from devoted all his life to
provide you with insists on
spend much money on accused of
1. William getting up early, even on weekends.
2. Jane doesn't clothes.
3. She always her children.
4. House cats are distantly lions and tigers.
5. Pasteur science.
6. We are here to the best service possible.
7. Mrs. Liz was having stolen the car.
8. Last night I was a formal get-together and I enjoyed myself a great deal.
9. They talking to that woman.
10. Take the number 7 bus and at Forest Road.
 Chuyên đề 19 Trọng Âm

STRESS & RULES TO MARK STRESS

QUI TẮC ĐÁNH TRỌNG ÂM
Như chúng ta đều biết, việc xác định vị trí trọng âm chính đối với các từ đa âm tiết
trong tiếng Anh là thử thách không chỉ đối với người học mà đối với cả giáo viên. Có nhiều
quan điểm khác nhau về việc dạy cách xác định trọng âm chính đối với từ đa âm tiết. Nhiều
người cho rằng cách tốt nhất để dạy phần trọng âm là dạy cách phát âm và trọng âm cho
từng từ đơn lẻ khi đề cập hay giảng dạy. Như vậy người học sẽ phải học thuộc vị trí trọng âm
với từng từ đơn lẻ được dạy. Đây là một ý kiến tốt, tuy vậy, sẽ tốn rất nhiều thời gian để
người học ghi nhớ từng từ kèm theo vị trí trọng âm, việc quên trọng âm của một từ hay
không có khả năng suy đoán vị trí trọng âm của các từ mới gặp sẽ là khó khăn cho người học.
Những ý kiến khác lại cho rằng bộ quy tắc đánh trọng âm mà người học được trang bị sẽ
giúp họ giải quyết tốt các bài tập về trọng âm. Nhưng trên thực tế, tiếng Anh là ngôn ngữ
không có quy luật cấu âm theo dạng ghép chữ cái, và những cách phát âm ngoại lệ cũng là
khó khăn mà người học phải đối mặt.
Trong khuôn khổ bài này, một số qui tắc phổ biến và hữu ích để xác định vị trí trọng
âm chính đối với các từ tiếng Anh đa âm tiết được chia sẻ, và sẽ là công cụ hữu ích cho người
dạy và học hoàn thành tốt nhiệm vụ của bài học này.

MỘT SỐ QUI TẮC ĐÁNH TRỌNG ÂM CHÍNH CHO CÁC TỪ ĐA ÂM TIẾT

BASIC RULES FOR MARKING PRIMARY STRESSES ON MULTI-SYLLABLE WORDS

What is the main (primary) stress of a word? Main (primary) stress of a word (bearing
more than one syllable) is the degree of the loudness or prominence with which a sound ort a
word is pronounced. Trọng âm chính của một từ đa âm tiết là độ lớn hay thống trị về âm của
một âm tiết khi một chùm âm của một từ (có từ hai âm tiết trở lên) được đọc, nói hay phát
âm.
Some basic rules to mark stresses – Những qui tắc xác định vị trí trọng âm cơ bản:
2.1. For di-syllable words: Đối với các từ có 2 âm tiết.
a. Trọng âm chính của các từ có hai âm tiết thường rơi vào âm tiết thứ 2 đối với các động
từ (trừ trường hợp các âm tiết thứ 2 đó có chứa nguyên âm /ә/, /I/, hoặc /әʊ/), và rơi vào
âm tiết thứ nhất đối với các từ loại còn lại (trừ trường hợp âm tiết thứ nhất đó có chứa
0

nguyên âm đơn /ә/). (Primary stresses on di-syllable words are usually on the second
syllables for verbs whose second syllables don’t contain the vowel sounds of /ә/, / I/, and
/әʊ/, and on the first syllables of the other words except for the syllables bearing the
vowel sound of /ә/).
Examples:
Verbs Transcriptions Nouns Transcriptions
1. Appeal / ә’pi:l / 2 1. brother / ’brә / 1
2. Appear / ә’pIr / 2 2. color / ’k lә / 1
3. approach / ә’prɔ:tʃ / 2 3. dhoti / ’hәʊtI / 1
4. arrange / ә’reIdʒ / 2 4. father / ’f a:ә / 1
5. Decide / dI’saId/ 2 5. mother / ’mә / 1
6. Invite / In’vaIt/ 2 6. palace / ’pælIs / 1
7. prepare / prI’peә / 2 7. people / ’pi:pl / 1
8. provide / prɔ’vaId/ 2 8. pupil / ’pjʊpәl / 1
9. support / sә’pɔ:t / 2 9. student / ’stjʊdnt / 1
10. surprise / sә’praIs / 2 10. summer / ’smә / 1
hoặc:
Adjectives Transcriptions Adverbs Transcriptions
1. ancient / ’eInsәnt / 1 1. ever / ’evә / 1
2. annual / ’ænjʊәl / 1 2. hardly / ’ha:dlI / 1
3. concave / ’kɔnkeIv / 1 3. never / ’nevә / 1
4. Cozy / ’kәʊzI / 1 4. often / ’ɔ:fn / 1
5. Easy / ’i:zI / 1 5. rarely / ’reәlI / 1
6. happy / ’hæpI / 1 6. rather / ’ra:ә / 1
7. muddy / ’mdI / 1 7. really / ’rIәlI / 1
8. Noisy / ’nɔIzI / 1 8. scarcely / ’skeәslI / 1
9. Quiet / ’kwaIәt / 1 9. seldom / ’seldәm / 1
10. Ready / ’redI / 1 10. sometimes / ’smtaImz / 1
Except for: Ngoại trừ các trường hợp
Verbs Transcriptions Others Transcriptions
1. borrow / ’bɔrәʊ / 1 1. afraid / ә’freId / 2
2. bother / ’bɔә / 1 2. across / ә’krɔs / 2
3. broaden / ’brɔdәn / 1 3. around / ә’raʊnd / 2
4. enter / ’entә / 1 4. canal / kә’næl / 2
5. follow / ’fɔlәʊ / 1 5. career / kә’rIә / 2
6. harbor / ’ha:bәr / 1 6. surround / sә’raʊnd / 2
7. suffer / ’sfә / 1 7. polite / pә’laIt / 2
 8. widen / ’waIdәn / 1 8. police / pә’lIs / 2
9. loosen / ’lu:zәn / 1 9. today / tә’deI / 2
10. tighten / ’taItәn / 1 10. tonight / tә’naIt / 2

b. Đối với những từ có mang tiền tố, hậu tố, trọng âm chính của từ đó thường rơi vào âm tiết
gốc. (Primary stresses on di-syllable words are usually on the root syllables with words
having suffixes or prefixes).
Như bảng sau:
Prefixes Transcriptions Suffixes Transcriptions
1. become / bI’km / 2 1. threaten / ’θretәn / 1
2. react / rI’ækt / 2 2. failure / ’feIljʊә / 1
3. foretell / fɔ’tel / 2 3. daily / ’deIlI / 1
4. begin / bI’gIn / 2 4. treatment / ’tri:tmәnt / 1
5. unknown / n’knәʊn / 2 5. ruler / ’ru:lә / 1
6. prepaid / prI’peә / 2 6. quickly / ’kwIklI / 1
7. Redo / rI’dʊ / 2 7. builder / ’bIldә / 1
8. overact / әʊ’ækt / 2 8. lately / ’leItlI / 1
9. upload / p’lәʊd / 2 9. actual / ’æktʊәl / 1
10. dislike / dIs’laIk / 2 10. sandy / ’sændI / 1
Ngoại trừ: unkeep / ’nki:p/
Chú ý: Đối với những từ có nhiều chức năng từ vựng khác nhau, trọng âm chính thường rơi
vào âm tiết thứ 2 đối với động từ, rơi vào âm tiết thứ nhất đối với các từ loại còn lại. (For
words having different word-classes, the main stresses are usually on the second syllables
for verbs, the first for other word-classes). ZAlo : 0972704302 (Nguyễn Hải Bường)
Như bảng sau:
Verbs Transcriptions Others Transcriptions
1. rebel / rI’bel / 2 1. rebel / ’rebәl / 1
2. progress / prә’gres / 2 2. progress / ’prɔgres / 1
3. suspect / sәs’pekt / 2 3. suspect / ’sspekt / 1
4. record / rI’kɔ:d / 2 4. record / ’rekәd / 1
5. export / Iks’pɔ:t / 2 5. export / ’ekspәt / 1
6. conflict / kәn’flIkt / 2 6. conflict / ’kɔnflIkt / 1
7. permit / pә’mIt / 2 7. permit / ’pɜ:mIt / 1
8. conduct / kәn’dkt / 2 8. conduct / ’kɔn dkt / 1
9. perfect / pә’fekt / 2 9. perfect / ’pɜfekt / 1
10. import / Im’pɔ:t / 2 10. import / ’Impәt / 1
2.2. For words with more than two syllables: Đối với các từ có hơn 2 âm tiết.
Đối với các từ có hơn hai âm tiết thông thường trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm tiết
thứ ba kể từ âm tiết cuối. (Primary stresses are usually on the 3rd syllables from the end
for words with more than two syllables.)
Như bảng sau:
Words Transcriptions Words Transcriptions
1. Family / ’fæmIlI/ 11. biology / baI’ɔ:lɔdʒI /
2. Cinema / ’sInәmә / 12. democracy / dI’mɔ:krәsI /
3. Regular / ’regjʊlә / 13. satisfy / ’sætIsfaI /
4. singular / ’sIŋgjʊlә / 14. dedicate / ’delIkeIt /
5. international / Intә’næʃәnәl / 15. philosophy / fI’lɔ:sɔfI /
6. demonstrate / ’demәnstreIt / 16. philosopher / fI’lɔ:sɔfә /
7. recognize / ’rekɔgnaIz / 17. character / ’kærIktә /
8. psychology / saI’kɔ:lɔdʒI / 18. interest / ’IntәrIst /
9. Qualify / ’kwɔ:lItI/ 19. internet / ’Intәnet /
10. biologist / bai’ɔ:lɔdʒIst / 20. different / ’dIfәrәnt /

Đối với các từ có tận cùng như “ian”, “ic”, “ience”, “ient”, “al”, “ial”, “ual”, “eous”, “ious”,
“iar”, “ion”, trọng âm thường rơi vào âm tiết liền trước của các tận cùng này – thứ 2 kể
từ âm tiết cuối. (For words ending in suffixes as “ian”, “ic”, “ience”, “ient”, “al”, “ial”,
“ual”, “eous”, “ious”, “iar”, “ion”, primary stresses are usually on the preceding syllables
of these suffixes).
Như bảng sau:
Endings Words Transcriptions Words Transcriptions
1. Ian physician / fI’zIksәn / musician / mjʊ’zIksәn /
2. Ic athletic / eθ’letIk / energetic / enә’dʒetIk /
3. ience experience / Iks’prIәns / convenience / kәn’venIәn /
4. ient expedient / Iks’pedIәnt / ingredient / In’gri:dIәn /
5. al parental / pә’rentәl / refusal / re’fjʊzәl /
6. ial essential / I’senʃәl/ confidential / kәnfI’denʃәl /
7. ual habitual / hæ’bi:tʃʊәl / individual / IndI’vi:dʊәl /
8. eous courageous / kɔ’rægәʊs / spontaneous / spɔn’tænәʊs /
9. ious delicious / de’li:ʃIәʊs / industrious / In’dstrIәʊs /
10. ion decision / dI’si:zn / communication / kәmjʊnI’keIʃn /
11. iar familiar / fә’mi:lIә / unfamiliar / nfә’mI:lIә /
Trừ: television / ’televIzn /
Đối với các từ có tận cùng “ese”, “ee’, “eer”, “ier”, “ette”, “oo”, “esque”, trọng âm thường
rơi vào chính các âm tiết chứa các tận cùng này. (For words ending in suffixes as “ee”,
“eer”, “ese”, “ier”, “ette”, “esque”, “oo”, primary stresses are usually on these suffixes).
Như bảng sau:
Endings Words Transcriptions Words Transcriptions
1. ee refugee / refjʊ’dʒi: / employee / implɔI’i: /
2. eer volunteer / vɔln’tIә / engineer / endʒI’nIә /
3. ese Portuguese / pɔtjʊ’gi:s / Vietnamese / vietn’mi:s /
4. ette ushrette / ʃ’ret / cigarette / sIgә’ret /
5. esque bamboo / bæm’bu: / picturesque / pIktʃә’res /
6. oo kangaroo / kæŋ’gru: / cukoo / kʊ’ku: /
7. oon saloon / sæ’lu:n / typhoon / taI’fu:n /

Đối với các từ có tận cùng là “ate”, “fy”, “ity”, “ize”, trọng âm chính thường rơi vào âm
tiết thứ ba kể từ âm tiết cuối. (For words ending in “ate”, “fy”, “ity”, “ize”, primary
stresses are usually on the 3rd syllables from the end.)
Như bảng sau:
Endings Words Transcriptions Words Transcriptions
1. ate dedicate / ’dedIkeIt/ communicate / kә’mjʊnIkeIt/
2. fy classify / ’kla:sIfaI / satisfy / ’sætIsfaI /
3. ity ability / ә’bi:lItI / responsibility / respɔsi’bi:lItI /
4. ize recognize / ’rekɔgnaIz / urbanize / ’ɜ:bәnaIz /
5. ety society / sәʊ’saIәtI/ anxiety / æŋ’zaIәtI /

Một số trường hợp đặc biệt cần lưu ý:

on the first syllable on the second syllable
Words Transcriptions Words Transcriptions
1. internet / ’Intәnet / 1. important / Im’pɔ:tәnt /
2. interest / ’IntәrIst / 2. remember / rI’membә /
3. interested / ’IntәrIstId / 3. deliver / dI’lIvә /
4. interesting / ’IntәrIstIŋ / 4. september / sep’tembә /
5. character / ’kærIktә / 5. october / ɔk’tәʊbә /
6. characterize / ’kærIktәraIz / 6. november / nәʊ’vembә /
7. different / ’dIfәrәnt / 7. december / dI’sembә /
8. difference / ’dIfәrәns / 3rd syllable words Transcriptions
9. differently / ’dIfәrәntlI / 1. magazine / mægә’zi:n/
10. difficult / ’dIfIkәlt / 2. understand / ndә’stænd/
 11. difficulty / ’dIfIkәltI / 3. recommend / rIkә’mend/
12. difficultly / ’dIfIkәltlI/ 4. comprehend / kɔmprI’hend/
Notes: chú ý:
Trên thực tế không có một qui tắc bất biến cho việc xác định vị trí trọng âm của từ.
Việc xác định trọng âm cần thực hiện cùng cách phát âm, dựa nhiều vào kinh nghiệm.
Những bài tập được cung cấp là những bài tập có tần suất sử dụng lớn để soạn đề thi.

Some other rules to mark stresses: Những qui tắc xác địnhvị trí trọng âm khác:
3.1. Compound words: Từ ghép:
Đối với từ ghép gồm hai loại danh từ thì nhấn vào âm tiết đầu: typewriter;
suitcase; teacup; sunrise.
Đối với từ ghép có tính từ ở đầu, còn cuối là từ kết thúc bằng -ed, nhấn vào âm tiết
đầu của từ cuối: bad-tempered.
Đối với từ ghép có tiếng đầu là con số thì nhấn vào tiếng sau: three-wheeler.
Từ ghép đóng vai trò là trạng ngữ thì nhấn vần sau: down-stream (hạ lưu).
Từ ghép đóng vai trò là động từ nhưng tiếng đầu là trạng ngữ thì ta nhấn âm
sau: down-grade (hạ bệ); ill-treat (ngược đãi, hành hạ).
Danh từ kép: nhấn ở yếu tố thứ nhất của danh từ:
Noun-Noun: classroom, teapot
Noun + Noun: apple tree, fountain pen
Gerund (V-ing) + Noun: writing paper, swimming pool
Others:
Từ cuối là dụng cụ cho từ đầu: a soup spoon, a shool bus
Từ đầu xác định từ cuối: a mango tree; an apple tree
Từ cuối là danh từ tận cùng bằng: er, or, ar: a bookseller
Trọng âm ở từ sau nếu từ trước chỉ vật liệu chế tạo ra từ sau: a paper bag, a
brick house
3.2. First syllable stressed: Nhấn vào âm tiết liền trước của các âm liệt kê.
ity: ability, possibility, simplicity, complexity.
ety: society, anxiety
ic, ics: electric, phonetic, athletics [ngoại lệ: politic, catholic, Arabic]
ical: historical, electrical, economical, identical
ive: impressive, possessive [ngoại lệ: adjective, transitive, intransitive, positive]
ative: predicative, causative, superlative
able: countable, recognizable [ngoại lệ: honorable, comfortable, miserable,
admirable, valuable, inexorable]
ible: comprehensible, indefensible
Trang 18
 tion, tional: demonstration, dictation, conditional, educational
sion, sional: profession, impression, occasional
y (2 phụ âm): happy, busy
3.3. Third syllable from the end stressed: Nhấn vào âm tiết thứ ba kể từ âm tiết cuối
của các từ có tận cùng như.
ate: concentrate, execrate, generate
tude: grattitude, solitude, attitude
ogy: physiology, geology (địa chất học), phonology, phyciology
sophy: philosophy
aphy: biography, photography, autobiography
metry: geometry, photometry
nomy: economy, physiognomy
3.4. Final syllable etressed: Nhấn vào âm tiết cuối khi nó chứa các tổ hợp.
ade: lemonade, promenade
ee: trainee, payee, disagree, employee, guarantee
eer: volunteer, pioneer
ese: Vietnamese, Chinese, Japanese
ette: usherette, cigarette, silhouette (“h” câm), statuette.
esque: statuesque, picaresque, picturesque [“que” câm, nhấn “es”]
oo: bamboo, shampoo
oon: typhoon, saloon

BÀI TẬP THỰC HÀNH

Exercise 5: Find the word whose stress pattern is different from the others of the same group.
1. A. afloat B. superior C. passenger D. contribute
2. A. chemistry B. original C. tribute D. emphasis
3. A. sentimental B. commonplace C. mathematics D. information
4. A. pronounce B. American C. soldier D. prefer
5. A. muscular B. instrument C. dramatic D. argument
6. A. magnetic B. radiation C. unpleasant D. equipment
7. A. distraction B. considerable C. recommend D. description
8. A. probability B. attitude C. technological D. entertainment
9. A. emergency B. encourage C. shortage D. distraction
10. A. natural B. surplus C. dynamite D. decision
11. A. legacy B. illuminate C. humanity D. commemorate
12. A. numerous B. recent C. telescope D. forever
13. A. behaviour B. predict C. occurrence D. environmental
Trang 19
14. A. mishap B. evacuate C. vigorous D. moderate
15. A. unspeakable B. accomplish C. emotional D. tendency
16. A. expression B. response C. psychologist D. vehicle
17. A. development B. prevent C. common D. avoid
18. A. supply B. reliever C. effective D. remedy
19. A. familiar B. repellent C. antiseptic D. survive
20. A. ingenious B. device C. enormous D. dangerous

Exercise 6: Find the word whose stress pattern is different from the others of the same
group.
1. A. paper B. tonight C. lecture D. story
2. A. money B. army C. afraid D. people
3. A. enjoy B. daughter C. provide D. decide
4. A. begin B. pastime C. finish D. summer
5. A. abroad B. noisy C. hundred D. quiet
6. A. passion B. aspect C. medium D. success
7. A. exist B. evolve C. enjoy D. enter
8. A. doctor B. modern C. corner D. Chinese
9. A. complain B. machine C. music D. instead
10. A. writer B. baker C. builder D. career
11. A. provide B. adopt C. happen D. inspire
12. A. result B. region C. river D. robot
13. A. constant B. basic C. irate D. obvious
14. A. become B. carry C. appoint D. invent
15. A. engine B. battle C. career D. rabies
16. A. interesting B. surprising C. amusing D. successful
17. A. understand B. engineer C. benefit D. Vietnamese
18. A. applicant B. uniform C. yesterday D. employment
19. A. dangerous B. parachute C. popular D. magazine
20. A. beautifully B. intelligent C. redundancy D. discovery

Exercise 7: Find the word whose stress pattern is different from the others of the same group.
ZAlo : 0972704302 (Nguyễn Hải Bường)
1. A. comfortable B. employment C. important D. surprising
2. A. variety B. irrational C. industrial D. characterize
3. A. colorful B. equality C. dictionary D. vegetable
4. A. elegant B. regional C. musical D. important
Trang 20
5. A. difference B. suburban C. internet D. character
6. A. beautiful B. effective C. favorite D. popular
7. A. attraction B. government C. borrowing D. visit
8. A. difficulty B. individual C. population D. unemployment
9. A. biology B. redundancy C. interviewer D. comparative
10. A. conversation B. isolation C. traditional D. situation
11. A. continue B. disappear C. imagine D. inhabit
12. A. altogether B. capacity C. eventually D. particular
13. A. professor B. digestion C. mechanic D. engine
14. A. mathematics B. biology C. experiment D. philosophy
15. A. evolution B. development C. discovery D. philosopher
16. A. another B. energy C. centigrade D. gravity
17. A. evaporate B. temperature C. impossible D. experiment
18. A. gravity B. professor C. pyramid D. remedy
19. A. abandon B. discover C. imagine D. satisfy
20. A. activity B. epidemic C. philosopher D. significance

Exercise 8: Find the word whose stress pattern is different from the others of the same
group.
1. A. disease B. humor C. cancer D. treatment
2. A. remedy B. exercise C. pollution D. surgery
3. A. pneumonia B. activity C. psychiatrist D. ordinary
4. A. persuade B. reduce C. offer D. apply
5. A. expression B. successful C. physical D. prevention
6. A. farmer B. farewell C. factory D. fairy
7. A. cattle B. country C. canal D. cover
8. A. money B. machine C. many D. mother
9. A. borrow B. agree C. await D. prepare
10. A. government B. condition C. parliament D. fortunate
11. A. paper B. police C. people D. purpose
12. A. interesting B. important C. increasing D. implying
13. A. element B. enormous C. animal D. elephant
14. A. damage B. destroy C. demand D. deny
15. A. biology B. intelligent C. environment D. infrastructure
16. A. ancient B. attack C. alive D. across
17. A. person B. purpose C. possess D. pirate
 18. A. eternal B. enormous C. enemy D. Egyptian
19. A. ruler B. river C. retire D. rapid
20. A. revolution B. responsible C. renovation D. regulation

Exercise 9: Find the word whose stress pattern is different from the others of the same
group.
1. A. sentence B. suggest C. species D. system
2. A. bacteria B. dangerous C. government D. interesting
3. A. attack B. defeat C. believe D. happen
4. A. pyramid B. pharaoh C. animal D. possession
5. A. accompany B. responsibility C. environment D. prepare
6. A. provide B. improve C. contain D. borrow
7. A. cinema B. telephone C. department D. restaurant
8. A. design B. garage C. market D. village
9. A. exercise B. example C. holiday D. stadium
10. A. excellent B. exactly C. dangerous D. wonderful
11. A. beautiful B. elephant C. already D. usually
12. A. theatre B. unknown C. absence D. dinner
13. A. amuse B. imagine C. interest D. surprise
14. A. especially B. beautifully C. quickly D. lately
15. A. policeman B. performer C. engineer D. assistant
16. A. advice B. beauty C. picture D. postcard
17. A. prepare B. practice C. prevent D. provide
18. A. famous B. curious C. anxious D. delicious
19. A. vacation B. colleague C. pupil D. teacher
20. A. theatre B. career C. cinema D. gallery

Exercise 10: Find the word whose stress pattern is different from the others of the same
group.
1. A. picture B. business C. stranger D. return
2. A. museum B. cinema C. hospital D. concert
3. A. performance B. unknown C. visit D. confirm
4. A. yesterday B. tonight C. today D. tomorrow
5. A. memory B. article C. newspaper D. edition
6. A. sorry B. tractor C. police D. fireman
7. A. interest B. remember C. assemble D. resemble
 Chuyên đề 20

Lưu ý về sự hòa hợp giữa chủ ngữ và động từ

Subject- verb agreement means choosing the correct singular or plural verb after the subject.
Sự hòa hợp giữa chử ngữ và động từ đề cập đến việc chọn đúng động từ ở hình thái số ít hay số nhiều sau chủ
từ.
Động từ luôn luôn phải hòa hợp với chủ từ đơn về ngôi (person) và số (number).
- Nếu chủ từ đơn ở số ít, động từ phải ở số ít.
- Nếu chủ từ đơn ở số nhiều, động từ phải ở số nhiều.
Eg: One of my friends is going to visit Ha Noi next week.
My friends are going to visit Ha Noi next week.
Sự hòa hợp giữa các chủ ngữ phức tạp và động từ:
1) Hai chủ từ đơn nối với nhau bằng từ and , động từ ở số nhiều.
Eg: My sister and my brother are students.
A strong wind and a full sail bring joy to the sailor.
(Gió mạnh và buồm căng mang lại niềm vui cho thủy thủ)
Tuy nhiên, nếu hai chủ từ cùng chỉ về một đối tượng hoặc được hợp thành một, động từ ở số ít.
Eg: The writer and poet is arriving tonight. ( Nhà văn kiêm nhà thơ sẽ đến tối nay)
Coffee and milk is his favorite drink. (Cà phê sữa là thức uống yêu thích của anh ấy)
Bread and butter is her only food. (Thức ăn của cô ấy chỉ là mì và bơ)
Nếu người nói muốn đề cập đến hai đối tượng khác nhau , động từ sẽ ở hình thái số nhiều.
Eg: The writer and the poet are ariving tonight.
(Nhà văn và nhà thơ sẽ đến tối nay) (hai người)
Bread and butter have been bought in large quantities.
(Bánh mì và bơ được mua với số lượng lớn)
2, Nếu chủ ngữ là 2 danh từ kết hợp với giới từ,cụm từ dưới đây thì động từ chia theo danh từ 1
with as well as besides order than
along with together with in addition to like
Eg: The cow as well as the horses is grazing grass.
(Con bò cũng như những con ngựa đang gặm cỏ)
All the books other than the blue one are very interesting.
(Tất cả các sách trừ cuốn màu xanh đều rất hay)
My son, together with his friends, is going to travel around the world.
(Con trai tôi, cùng những người bạn của nó sẽ đi du lịch vòng quanh thế giới)
The leader, with all his men, was killed.
( Viên thủ lĩnh, cùng những người của ông ta , đều bị giết )
Ngược lại , khi hai chủ từ kết hợp với nhau bằng:
Or either…or not only…but also
Not…but neither…nor S2
động từ kết hợp với chủ từ gần nhất.
Eg: Either you or I am mistaken.
John or Jim lives here.
 Either John or Jim lives here.
Not John but Jim lives here.
Not only John but also Jim lives.
Neither her friends nor she has arrived.

3) Danh từ số nhiều chỉ thời gian, trọng lượng, sự đo lường và tiền đi với động từ số ít:
Eg: Fifteen minutes isn’t enough for the students to finish this test.
(Mười lăm phút không đủ cho các học sinh lam xong bài kiểm tra này)
Twenty dollars is an unreasonable price for the necklace.
(Hai mươi đô-la là một cái giá quá đắt cho chuỗi hạt này)
About three meters separates the first runner and the second.
(Người chạy thứ nhất phải cách người thứ hai khoảng ba mét)
Tuy nhiên, đôi khi người nói có thể xem các danh từ số nhiều nói trên theo từng đơn vị và dùng động từ số nhiều:
Eg: Twenty years have passed since I came to Japan.
(Đã hai mươi năm trôi qua kể từ khi tôi đến Nhật Bản)
(Từng năm một trôi qua)
4) Các danh từ tập hợp (collective noun) có thể đi với động từ số ít hay số nhiều tùy theo ý người nói.
Các danh từ tập hợp thông dụng trong tiếng Anh là:
Association (liên đoàn) Community (cộng đồng)
Class (lớp học) Concil (hội đồng) Faculty (phân khoa)
Group (nhóm người, vật) Department (phân khoa) Orchestra (dàn nhạc)
Crowd (đám đông) Public (công chúng)
Committee (ủy ban) Club (câu lạc bộ) Audience (khán giả)
Government (chính phủ) Army (quân đội)
Family (gia đình) Team (đội)
Firm (công ty) Company (công ty)
- Danh từ tập hợp đi với động từ số ít nếu người nói xem tập hợp ấy như một đơn vị duy nhất.
Eg: My family has three members.
Our group is the only one in the contest that has the most beautiful pictures.
The audience was like a stone wall, silent and cold.
(Khán giả giống như một bức tường đá, im lặng và lạnh lùng)
- Danh từ tập hợp đi với động từ số nhiều nếu người nói đề cập đến các thành viên trong nhóm.
Eg: My family were watching TV at this time yesterday.
(=All of the members in my family were watching TV)
The audience were applauding, cheering, even stamping their feet.
(Khán giả vỗ tay, reo hò và cả giậm chân nữa)
5) Các danh từ tập hợp (collective noun) có thể đi với động từ số nhiều mặc dù từ dạng số ít
Các danh từ tập hợp thông dụng trong tiếng Anh là:
Staff (hội đồng)
Crew (thủy thủ đoàn)
Flock (đàn thú)
cattle (gia súc)
clergy (tu sĩ)
public(công chúng)
police(cảnh sát)
people (mọi người)
Eg: The cattle are / is in the field now.
6) Một số danh từ tận cùng với s (như danh từ số nhiều) nhưng kết hợp với động từ số ít.
The news from the Middle East seems very encouraging.
Maths was always my problem at school when I was ten.
- Một số danh từ chỉ các môn học có tận cùng bằng ics:
Ethics (đạo đức) Physics (Vật lý học) Economics (Kinh tế học)
Optics (quang học) Politics (Chính trị học) Linguistics (Ngôn ngữ học)
Civics (Giáo dục công dân) Phonetics (Ngữ âm học) Statistics (Thống kê học)
Genetics (Di truyền học) Mathematics (Toán học)
Eg: Mathematics is my favorite subject. (Toán là môn học yêu thích của tôi)
What is genetics? (Di truyền học là gì?)
Politics is the science or art of government.
(Chính trị là khoa học hay nghệ thuật về sự cầm quyền)
- Một số môn thể thao:
Athletics (điền kinh) Gymnastics (thể dục)
Eg:Athletics has attracted more people since we got four gold medals in the 22nd Sea games.
(Điền kinh đã thu hút nhiều người hơn kể từ khi chúng ta giành được bốn huy chương vàng tại Sea Games 22nd)
- Một số căn bệnh:
Measles (bệnh sởi) Mumps (bệnh quai bị) Diabetes (bệnh tiểu đường)
Paralysics (bệnh bại liệt) Rabies (bệnh dại) Appendicitis (bệnh ruột thừa)
Eg: Measles is a common disease. (Bệnh sởi là một căn bệnh thông thường)
- Danh từ riêng và một vài danh từ khác tận cùng bằng –s:
Eg: Peter Pan’s Travels is a very interesting novel.
(Cuốn “Những cuộc phiêu lưu của Peter Pan” là một cuốn truyện hay)
The Arabian Nights has delighted many generations.
(Truyện “Nghìn lẻ một đêm” đã làm say mê nhiều thế hệ)
The news of the war has surprisedall of us.
(Tin chiến tranh đã làm tất cả chúng tôi sửng sốt)
* Một vài danh từ có thể đi với động từ số ít hay số nhiều tùy theo nghĩa:
Eg: Statistics doesn’t appeal me. (Môn thống kê học không lôi cuốn tôi)
Statistics don’t convince me. (Các dữ liệu thống kê không thuyết phục được tôi)
The scissors were so dull that they couldn’t cut anything.
(Cái kéo này cùn đến mức nó không cắt được thứ gì cả)
A new pair of scissors has been bought for mother.
(Một cái kéo mới đã được mua cho mẹ)
7) Một số danh từ số nhiều không có tận cùng bằng –s, và luôn kết hợp với động từ số nhiều: police (cảnh
sát) , people (người ta) , cattle (trâu bò) , clergy (giới tu sĩ) , folk (dân chúng) , poultry (gà vịt).
Eg: The police have arrived.
Poultry are being fed (Người ta đang cho gà vịt ăn).
The cattle are in shed (Trâu bò đang ở trong chuồng).
The clergy are opposed to the ceremony. (Các tu sĩ phản đối buổi lễ)
* Nhưng khi poultry được xem như một loại thức ăn, chúng ta dùng động từ số ít.
Poultry is very expensive this Christmas. (Gà vịt mùa Giáng sinh này rất đắt đỏ)
8) Các phân số và các từ như: some (một vài) , part (một phần) , all (tất cả) , half (một nửa) , majority (đa số) ,
the last (cuối cùng) , the rest (còn lại) , the remained (phần còn lại) , minority (thiểu số) , a number of,
plenty of, a lot of đi với:
- động từ số nhiều nếu danh từ theo sau chủ từ đơn ở số nhiều.
- động từ số ít nếu danh từ theo sau chủ từ đơn ở số ít hoặc là danh từ không không đếm được.
Eg: * All of the teachers have to wear uniformon Mondays.
All of the furniture was destroyed in the fire.
* Some of the oranges were spilled on the table.
Some of the sugar I bought is left on the fridge.
* Most of the stories are exciting.
Most of the story is exciting.
* Two – fifths of the money was lost.
Two – fifths of the books were lost.
* A lot of sunshine is good for you.
A lot of women do not like him.
- A number of theo sau bởi động từ số nhiều.
Eg: A number of people were standing along the road.
(Một số người đang đứng dọc theo con đường)
- The number of theo sau bởi động từ số ít.
Eg: The number of students in the music class is limited to five.
(Số học sinh trong lớp nhạc bị giới hạn còn năm người)
9) Các đại từ bất định (indefinite pronouns):
each no one, none nobody nothing
either someone somebody everything
neither anyone anybody anything
everybody something
thường đi với động từ số ít.
Eg: Each of my reports was given an A. (Mỗi bài báo cáo của tôi đều được cho điểm A)
No one knows all the answer. (Không ai biết tất cả câu trả lời)
Everybody is having a good time. (Mọi người đang vui vẻ)
None, any, neither có thể đi với động từ số ít hay số nhiều:
Eg: * None of the food on the table is tasty.
None of the boys have arrived yet.
* Any of these motors start/starts instantly.
(Bất kì cái nào trong những động cơ này cũng đều khởi động được ngay)
*Neither of your arguments is/are correct. (Không lý lẽ nào của bạn đúng cả)
Tuy nhiên, chúng ta cần lưu ý đến ảnh hưởng của các từ khác khi quyết định số của động từ.
None are so deaf as those who won’t hear.
10) Trong các cụm từ There + be, động từ hòa hợp với chủ từ theo ba trường hợp sau:
+ Động từ hòa hợp với chủ từ gần nhất đứng sau:
Eg: There is a radio, a stereo cassette-player, a cigar lighter…
There was much trafic at night and many mules on the road.
+Động từ hòa hợp với tất cả các chủ từ:
Eg: There are a plaza, a cathedral, and a governor’ place on the hill.
+Đôi khi trong thường đàm chúng ta bắt gặp there is kết hợp với một chủ từ số nhiều nhưng chúng ta không
nên bắt chước cách dùng này:
Eg: There is worse things than domestic service.
(Có những việc còn tệ hơn là làm người giúp việc trong gia đình)
There is a lot of good fish in the sea.
(Có rất nhiều cá ngon ở biển)
11) Câu hỏi với who và what dùng với động từ số ít:
Eg: Who wants tea? - We all do, please.
What has happened? - Several things have happened.
Câu hỏi với which of có thể đi với động từ số ít hoặc số nhiều tùy từng trường hợp:
Eg: Which of you wants to go? - (Which one?)
Which of you want to go? - (Which ones?)
k) Một số danh từ có hình thức số nhiều sau đây kết hợp với động từ số nhiều:
belongings (vật dụng cá nhân) clothes (quần áo) remains (hài cốt)
congratulations (sự chúc mừng) earnings (thu nhập) surroundings (vùng xung quanh)
glasses (kính đeo mắt) goods (hàng hóa) troops (binh lính)
savings (tiền tiết kiệm) scissors (kéo) premises (cơ sở)
stairs (cầu thang) shorts (quần ngắn) outskirts (ngoại ô)
thanks (lời cảm ơn) trousers (quần dài) particulars (chi tiết)
Eg: The goods were sent from a foreign company.
His belongings were stolen at night.
These blue trousers are too short for me.
Savings help us a lot in special situations.
- Dùng động từ số ít đối với a pair of scissors, a pair of shorts, a pair of trousers, a pair of glasses…
Eg: I don’t think this pair of trousers fits you.
12. Một số lưu ý khác:
- Động từ quan hệ phải hòa hợp với chủ ngữ của nó, không hòa hợp với bổ ngữ:
Eg: The best hope for the future is our children.
Our children are the best hope for the future.
- Thành ngữ bắt đầu với ONE OF thường đi với danh từ số nhiều nhưng kết hợp với động từ số ít.
Eg: One of my friends is going to Ha Noi next week.
- Trong các câu bắt đầu bằng từ there và here, động từ thường hòa hợp với chủ ngữ đứng sau nó hoặc ở
cuối câu.
Eg: There comes the bus.
Here are your keys.
- Khi chủ từ là danh từ không đếm được, dùng động từ số ít.
Eg: The coffee is too hot for me to drink.
Sugar is not always good for health.
- Cụm từ bắt đầu bằng hình thái nguyên mẫu có to của động từ hoặc hình thái có –ing của động từ kết
hợp với động từ số ít.
Eg: To help you is my pleasure.
Doing regular morning exercises is good for your health.
- Mệnh đề bắt đầu với that kết hợp với động từ số ít.
Eg: That you get good mark does not surprise me.
That he has won the race is hot news.
Danh từ được mở rộng bằng cụm giới từ -> V chia theo danh từ đứng trước giới từ
-( Khi chủ từ là một cụm danh từ, động từ phải hòa hợp với danh từ chính trong cụm từ đó)
- Khi một tính từ đứng sau the được dùng như một danh từ làm chủ từ, nó sẽ kết hợp với động từ số nhiều.
Eg: The rich have the responsibility to help the poor.
The homeless need helping immediately.
- Động từ theo sau đại từ liên hệ sẽ hòa hợp với danh từ đứng trước được thay thế.
Eg: The woman who teachs you English is my mother
The students who are sitting around the table are not in my class.
- Khi chủ từ là những từ như English, Vietnamese…dùng động từ số ít nếu muốn đề cập đến ngôn ngữ
(không dùng với the). Dùng động từ số nhiều nếu đề cập đến con người ở nước đó (dùng với the).
Eg: English is so difficult to master.
The English are very proud of their country.
* Có thể chuyển đổi danh từ không đếm được sang danh từ đếm được bằng cách dùng một số thành ngữ. Sau
đây là bảng liệt kê các danh từ không đếm được thường gặp trong tiếng Anh và các thành ngữ đếm được tương
ứng.
Uncountable nouns Countable nouns
Accommodation a place to live
Advice a piece of advice
Baggage a piece/case/trunk of baggage
Bread a piece/loaf/roll of bread
Chess a game of chess
Chewing gum a piece of chewing gum
Equipment a piece of equipment
Furniture a piece/an article of furniture
Grass a blade of grass
Information a piece of information
Knowledge a fact
Lightning a flash of lightning
Luck a bit/stoke of luck
Luggage a piece/case of luggage
Money a note, a coin, a sum
News a piece of news
Poetry a poem
Progress a step forward
Publicity an advertisement
Research a piece of research
Rubbish a piece of rubbish
Spaghetti a piece/dish of spaghetti
Thunder a clap of thunder
Travel a journey/trip
Work a job, a piece of work

Exercise Practice
1. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D:
1. A large number of students in this school………. . English quite fluently.
a. speaks b. is speaking c. has spoken d. speak
2. A series of lectures………being presented at the Central Hall this week.
a. are b. will be c. has become d. is
3. Beauty as well as health ………. failed her this term.
a. has b. have c. is d. are
4. Bread and butter ………. what she asks for.
a. is b. are c. will be d. have been
5. Each student………. answered the first three questions.
a. has b. have c. have to d. must
6. Either John or his wife ………breakfast each morning.
a. make b. is making c. makes d. made
7. Everybody who ………. a fever must go home at once.
a. has b. have c. is having d. are having
8. Five dollars ………all I have on me.
a. are b. is c. will be d. have
9. John, along with twenty friends, ………. planning a party.
a. are b. is c. has been d. have been
10. Mathematics………. . the science of quantity.
a. was b. are c. is d. were
11. Measles………cured without much difficulty nowadays.
a. is b. are c. will be d. have
12. Neither Mary nor her brothers……a consent form for tomorrow’s field trip.
a. need b. needs c. is needing d. has need
13. Peter, together with his uncle, ……………fishing.
a. have gone b. has gone c. go d. goes
14. The army…………. eliminated this section of the training test.
a. has b. is having c. are d. have
15. The number of the months in a year …………twelve.
a. was b. were c. are d. is
16. The picture of the soldiers………. . back many memories.
a. will bring b. brings c. bring d. have brought
17. These pictures, as well as the photograph………. . the room.
a. brightens b. brightening c. brighten d. being brightened
18. The quality of the recordings ………. . not very good.
a. is b. are c. is being d. has been
19. This house as well as that one………. . for sale, which will you have?
a. are b. is c. have d. has
20. To what place ………either the man or his son wish to go?
a. is b. does c. do d. are
21. Twenty miles………. a long way to walk.
a. are b. was c. is d. were
22. What he told you………. . to be of no importance.
a. seems b. seem c. must seem d. have seemed
23. Mathematics………. . not always an exact science.
a. was b. are c. is d. were
24. Mr. John, accompanied by several members of the committee,………. . proposed some changes of the rules.
a. have b. has c. are d. is
25. The flock of birds…………. . circling overhead.
a. gets b. are c. is d. get
26. The levels of intoxication…………. from subject to subject.
a. has been varied b. have been varied c. varies d. vary
27. The majority of the students………. . him to be innocent.
a. was made b. believe c. makes d. make
28. The pair of the pliers………. . on the table.
a. was b. were c. put d. puts
29. The use of credit cards in place of cash………. . increased rapidly in recent years.
a. have been b. has been c. has d. have
30. Advertisements on television…………. . becoming more competitive than ever before.
a. has b. have c. are d. is

2. Supply the correct tenses and form of the verbs in parentheses:

1. The English (be) ………. famous for their calmness.
2. The money that (spend) …………. on education every year (be) ………not enough.
3. The number of employees who (not, finish) …………. their work yet (have) ………. . to work on the
weekend.
4. The office (close) …………on the weekend.
5. The office (try) ………a lot to win the boss’s heart recently.
6. Five kilos of gold (steal) ………. . from the bank yesterday.
7. Physics (cause) …………you any trouble at school.
8. Yesterday, neither you nor I (choose) …………. to deliver the speech. So who (choose) ………. ?- Daisy
and Ann (be) ……….
9. That you enjoy the food I cook (encourage) …………. me a lot.
10. When I (see) …………you yesterday, the boy in black trousers (try) ……. . to steal your wallet.
11. The contracts signed by the company (have) …………been voided because some stipulations were not met.
12. Ten miles (be) ………. a very long distance for us to walk.
13. Each package that is not properly wrapped (have) ………. . to be returned to the sender.
14. The keys of the house (have) ………. been lost.
15. The plan as well as the proposals (be) ………. . to be presented in the coming Monday meeting.
16. The box of ribbons for the electric typewriter (have) ………. . been misplaced.
17. It is disconcerting to believe that every possible candidate (have) ……. . been rejected for one reason or
another.
18. There (have) ………. been more excitement in this city about a sporting event.
19. To me, Mathematics (be) ………something very easy to master.
20. If nobody (have) ………. . bought that car from the dealer, then you should return and make another off

4. Complete the sentences with is / are, has / have or dose /do.

1. Either John or you ………. . to be responsible for the unfinished work.
2. David, as well as his friends, …………collecting waste paper to recycle.
3. John and Helen ……. . not admit to have broken the window.
4. Neither Tom nor his friends………. . lost the keys.
5. Both Peter and his girlfriend………. working for a bank.
6. Neither the library nor the bookstore…………the book I need.
7. Tom as well as his two close friends ………not in class today.
8. Both Ron and Bob ………passed the exam successfully.
9. One of the staffs………. to report the problem to the manager.
10. Either the girl or her parents…………going to be present at the party.
2. Many of the girls in my school (wear) white shirts.
3. Three kilos of potatoes (make) the basket heavier.
4. Some of the tables in the classroom (be) broken.
5. Bacteria of the harmful kind (cause) diseases.
6. What we need most (be) books.
7. The English (be) proud and independent people.
8. The United States (have) a population of 250 million.
9. There (be, not) any letters in the mail for you today.
10. Everyone in both cars (be) injured in the accident last night.
11. The books borrowed from the library (be) on my desk.
12. The boy who won the two medals (be) a friend of mine.
13. Bread and butter (be) our daily food.
14. The quality of the candies (be) poor.
15. Gold, as well as platinum, (have) recently risen in price.
16. His courage and endurance (be) tried to the utmost.
17. No news (be) good news.
18. A good man and useful citizen (have) passed away.
19. The jury (be) divided in their opinions.
20. The cost of all these articles (have) risen.
5. In each of the following sentences, put the verb in brackets into the correct form:
1. Two weeks (go) fast when you are on vacation.
2. Many of the girls in my school (wear) white shirts.
3. Three kilos of potatoes (make) the basket heavier.
4. Some of the tables in the classroom (be) broken.
5. Bacteria of the harmful kind (cause) diseases.
6. What we need most (be) books.
7. The English (be) proud and independent people.
8. The United States (have) a population of 250 million.
9. There (be, not) any letters in the mail for you today.
10. Everyone in both cars (be) injured in the accident last night.
11. The books borrowed from the library (be) on my desk.
12. The boy who won the two medals (be) a friend of mine.
13. Bread and butter (be) our daily food.
14. The quality of the candies (be) poor.
15. Gold, as well as platinum, (have) recently risen in price.
16. His courage and endurance (be) tried to the utmost.
17. No news (be) good news.
18. A good man and useful citizen (have) passed away.
19. The jury (be) divided in their opinions.
20. The cost of all these articles (have) risen.
 CHUYÊN ĐỀ 21 : CÁC DẠNG ĐẶC BIỆT CỦA CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG
STRUCTURE 1
Somebody + want/ like/expect + someone to do something
Somebody + want /like/expect + something + to be done
EX: Our teacher wants us to prepare our lessons carefully./ Our teacher wants our lessons to be prepared carefully.
STRUCTURE 2
Somebody + agree/arrange/determind/decide + to do something
Somebody + agree/arange/determind/decide + that something + should be + done
EX:
She decided to rebuild the house.
She decided that the house should be rebuilt.
STRUCTURE 3
Something + need(s) + doing (also: want+ v-ing/require+v-ing)
Something + need(s) + to be done (also: want+ to be done/require+to be done)
EX:
The house needs cleaning. (passive meaning) These flowers require watering.
The house needs to be cleaned. These flowers require to be watered.
You don’t need to prepare the lesson (active) The chickens need feeding
The lesson doesn’t need to be prepared. The chickens need to be fed.
The lesson doesn’t need preparing.
STRUCTURE 4
A. PRESENT MEANING
people + think/expect/believe/estimate/say/report/suppose/hope/declare/rumour + that+someone + do
something (active)  PASSIVE

thought/ expected/believed/
PASSIVE

TYPE 1 It is estimated/said/reported that someone + do something

supposed/hoped/declared/
TYPE 2 Someone is Rumoured to do something

EX:
People think that he drives dangerously. (active)
It is thought that he drives dangerously. (type 1)
He is thought to drive dangerously. (type 2)
B. PAST MEANING
people + think/expect/believe/estimate/say/report/suppose/hope/declare/rumour + that + someone + did
something (active)  PASSIVE

thought/ expected/believed/
PASSIVE

TYPE 1 It is that someone + did something

estimated/said/reported
supposed/hoped/declared/
Someone
TYPE 2 Rumoured to have done something
is
EX:
People think that he drove dangerously. (active)
It is thought that he drove dangerously. (type 1)
He is thought to have driven dangerously. (type 2)
NOTE:
It’s your duty to do something
You are supposed to do something (bổn phận của bạn là….)
EX:
It’s your duty to lock all the doors.
You are supposed to lock all the doors.
STRUCTURE 5
Somebody + see/make/let + someone + do + something (active)
Someone is seen/made + to do something (passive)
Someone is let + do something (passive) but we often say: someone is (not) allowed to do something
 EX:
He made me stay outside yesterday. (active)
I was made to stay outside yesterday.
The teacher let us go home early last week. (active)
We were let go home early by the teacher last week = We were allowed to go home early by the teacherlast week.
I saw the thief climb the wall. (active)
The thief was seen to climb the wall.
STRUCTURE 6
Somebody + have + someone + do something
Somebody + get + someone + to do something
Somebody + have + something + done
EX: He had his waiter carry the luggage home.
He had the luggage carried home by the waiter.
I got the postman to post the letter for me.
I had the letter posted for me by the postman.
STRUCTURE 7
Don’t do something (active)  something musn’t be done
It’s impossible to do something (active)  something can’t be done
It’s possible to do something (active)  something can be done
EX: Don’t touch this switch
This switch musn’t be touched
It is impossible to do this
This can’t be done.
STRUCTURE 8
Somebody + advise/ beg/ urge/ recommand someone to do something (active)
Cách 1: someone is advised/ begged/ urged/ recommanded to do something
Cách 2: somebody advise/ beg/ urge/ recommand that something should be done
EX: He advised me to sell the car.
I was advised to sell the car.
He advised that the car should be sold.
STRUCTURE 9
Somebody + agree/ arrange/ determine/ decide/ is deternined/ is anxious +to do something (active)
Somebody + agree/ arrange/ determine/ decide/ is deternined/ is anxious + that something should be done
EX: She decided to rebuild the house.
she decided that the house should be rebuilt.
STRUCTURE 10
Somebody + insist/ advise/ propose/ recommand/ suggest + doing something (active)
Somebody insist/ advise/ propose/ recommand/ suggest that something should be done
EX:
He suggested selling the radio
He suggested that radio should be sold.
STRUCTURE 11
Mệnh lệnh thức (imperative) + Object  S + should/must + be +P2/ Let+object+be+P.P
EX: Turn on the lights. Open your book, please!
The lights should be turned on. Let your book be opened, please!

EXERCISES
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE
1. All bottles _________ before transportation.
A. frozen B. is frozen C. was frozen D. were frozen
2. Everything that _________ remained a secret.
A. had be overheard B. had been overheard
C. had been overheared D. would had been overheard
3. Everything ___________________________.
A. were forbidden B. is forbidden C. is forbidded D. are forbidden
4. Everything___________________________.
A. are going to be forgotten B. is going to be forgotten
 C. is going to be forgot D. were going to be forgotten
5. I___________________________.
A. have not given the money B. have not been given the money
C. have not been give the money D. have not be given the money
6. It _________ for years.
A. has not be known B. had not been known
C. had not be known D. have not been known
7. It _________ that learning English is easy.
A. are said B. said C. is said D. is sayed
8. John and Ann___________________________.
A. were not mislead B. were not misleeded
C. was not misled D. were not misled
9. Our horses ___________________________.
A. are well feeded B. are well fed C. is well fed D. is well feeded
10. Peter and Tom _________ in an accident yesterday.
A. is hurt B. is hurted C. were hurt D. were hurted
11. South Florida and HawaiI _________ by a hurricane.
A. is hit B. have been hit C. have are hit D. has been hit
12. The battles _________ for liberation .
A. had be fought B. had been fighted C. had been fought D. has been fought
13. We can’t go along here because the road _________
A. is repairing B. is repaired C. is being repaired D. repairs
14. The story I’ve just read_________ Agatha Christie.
A. was written B. was written by C. was written from D. wrote by
15. I’m going to go out and_________
A. have cut my hair B. have my hair cut C. cut my hair D. my hair be cut
16. Something funny_________ in class yesterday.
A. happened B. was happened C. happens D. is happened
17. Many US automobiles_________ in Detroit, Michigan
A. manufacture B. have manufactured C. are manufactured D. are manufacturing
18. A lot of pesticide residue can_________ unwashed produce.
A. find B. found C. be finding D. be found
19. We_________ by a loud noise during the night.
A. woke up B. are woken up C. were woken up D. were waking up
20. Some film stars_________ difficult to work with.
A. are said be B. are said to be C. say to be D. said to be
21. Why did Tom keep making jokes about me? – I don’t enjoy_________ at.
A. be laughed B. to be laughed C. laughing D. being laughed
22. Today, many serious childhood diseases_________ by early immunization.[ sự miễn dịch]
A. are preventing B. can prevent C. prevent D. can be prevented
23. Do you get your heating_________ every year?
A. checking B. check C. be checked D. checked
24. Bicycles_________ in the driveway.
A. must not leave B. must not be leaving C. must not be left D. must not have left
25. Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony_________ next weekend.[ Symphony: khúc giao hưởng]
A. is going to be performed B. has been performed
C. will be performing D. will have perform
26. All bottles_________ before transportation.
A. frozen B. were froze C. were frozen D. are froze
27. ___________________________.yet?
A. Have the letters been typed B. Have been the letters typed
C. Have the letters typed D. Had the letters typed
28. English has become a second language in countries like India, Nigeria or Singapore where `_________ for
administration, broadcasting and education.
A. is used B. it is used C. used D. being used
29. The telephones_________ by Alexander Graham Bell.
A. is invented B. is inventing C. invented D. was invented
30. Lots of houses_________ by the earthquake.
A. are destroying B. destroyed C. were destroyed D. is destroyed
31. Gold_________ in California in the 19th century.
A. was discovered B. has been discovered C. was discover D. they discover
32. The preparation_________ by the time the guest_________
A. had been finished- arrived B. have finished- arrived
C. had finished-were arriving D. have been finished- were arrived
33. The boy_________ by the teacher yesterday.
A. punish B. punished C. punishing D. was punished
34. “Ms Jones, please type those letters before noon”_ “They’ve already ______, sir. They’re on your desk.”
A. typed B. been being typed C. being typed D. been typed
35. Sarah is wearing a blouse. It___________ of cotton.
A. be made B. are made C. is made D. made
36. They had a boy _________ that yesterday.
A. done B. to do C. did D. do
37. We got our mail _________ yesterday. [have/get sth done]
A. been delivered B. delivered C. delivering D. to deliver
38. James _________ news as soon as possible.
A. should tell B. should be told C. should told D. should be telled
39. My wedding ring _________ yellow and white gold.
A. is made B. is making C. made D. make
40. Mr. Wilson is _________ as Willie to his friend.
A. known B. knew C. is known D. know
41. References _________ in the examination room.
A. not are used B. is not used C. didn’t used D. are not used
42. Laura _________ in Boston.
A. are born B. were born C. was born D. born
43. His car needs _________ [sth needs doing= sth needs to be done]
A. be fixed B. fixing C. to be fixing D. fixed
44. Her watch needs _________.
A. repairing B. to be repaired C. repaired D. A and B
45. My mother is going _________ this house.
A. sold B. sell C. to be sold D. to sell
46. There’s somebody behind us. I think we are _________.
A. being followed B. are followed C. follow D. following
47. Have you _________ by a dog?
A. bite B. bit C. ever been bitten D. ever been bit
48. The room is being _________ at the moment.
A. was cleaned B. cleaned C. cleaning D. clean
49. It _________ that the strike will end soon.
A. is expected B. expected C. are expected D. was expected
50. It is _________ that many people are homeless after the floods.
A. was reported B. reports C. reported D. reporting
B. Chuyển các câu sau sang dạng bị động:
B. Chuyển các câu sau sang dạng bị động:
1. They must do their task now.
............................................................................................................................................................................................
2. He expected me to buy him a book.
............................................................................................................................................................................................
3. They want him to invite them to the party.
............................................................................................................................................................................................
4. They think he is a doctor.
............................................................................................................................................................................................
5. He needs to sell the house.
...........................................................................................................................................................................................
6. We suggested buying some flowers for their teacher.
..........................................................................................................................................................................................